10-12G 1 a20-13495_11012g.htm 10-12G

Table of Contents

 

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 5, 2020

 

File No.                

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10

 

GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

OWL ROCK CAPITAL CORPORATION III

(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)

 

Maryland

 

84-4493477

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

 

 

 

399 Park Avenue
38th Floor
New York, New York

 

10022

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

(212) 419 3000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

with copies to:

 

Cynthia M. Krus

Kristin H. Burns

Eversheds Sutherland (US) LLP

700 Sixth Street, NW

Washington, DC 20001

(202) 383-0100

 

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

None

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

 

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

(Title of class)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

o

Accelerated filer

o

 

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer

x

Smaller reporting company

o

 

 

 

 

 

 

Emerging growth company

x

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. o

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Page

Explanatory Note

1

Forward-Looking Statements

2

Item 1.

Business

4

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

41

Item 2.

Financial Information

84

Item 3.

Properties

87

Item 4.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

88

Item 5.

Directors and Executive Officers

88

Item 6.

Executive Compensation

99

Item 7.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

100

Item 8.

Legal Proceedings

104

Item 9.

Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Shareholder Matters

104

Item 10.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

107

Item 11.

Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered

107

Item 12.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

116

Item 13.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

116

Item 14.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

117

Item 15.

Financial Statements and Exhibits

117

 


Table of Contents

 

EXPLANATORY NOTE

 

Owl Rock Capital Corporation III is filing this registration statement on Form 10 (the “Registration Statement”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), on a voluntary basis in order to permit it to file an election to be regulated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and to provide current public information to the investment community and to comply with applicable requirements in the event of the future quotation or listing of its securities on a national securities exchange (an “Exchange Listing”) or the future quotation or listing of its securities on any other public trading market.

 

In this Registration Statement, except where the context suggests otherwise:

 

·                                          the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” and “Company,” refer to Owl Rock Capital Corporation III; and

 

·                                          the terms “Adviser,” “Investment Adviser,” and “Administrator” refer to Owl Rock Diversified Advisors LLC, our investment adviser and administrator.

 

This Registration Statement registers the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share under the 1934 Act; however:

 

·                                          the Company’s shares may not be sold without the written consent of the Adviser;

 

·                                          the shares are not currently listed on an exchange, and it is uncertain whether they will be listed or whether a secondary market will develop;

 

·                                          repurchases of shares by the Company, if any, are expected to be limited; and

 

·                                          an investment in the Company may not be suitable for investors who may need the money they invest in a specified time frame.

 

We are an emerging growth company as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”) and we intend to take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”).

 

Once this Registration Statement has been deemed effective, we will be subject to the requirements of Section 13(a) of the 1934 Act, including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, which will require us, among other things, to file annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K, and we will be required to comply with all other obligations of the 1934 Act applicable to issuers filing registration statements pursuant to Section 12(g) of the 1934 Act.

 

We have elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act and we are subject to the 1940 Act requirements applicable to BDCs.

 

1


Table of Contents

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This Registration Statement contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Such statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors and undue reliance should not be placed thereon. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts, but rather are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about Owl Rock Capital Corporation III (the “Company,” “we” or “our”), our current and prospective portfolio investments, our industry, our beliefs and opinions, and our assumptions. Words such as “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “will,” “may,” “continue,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “targets,” “projects,” “outlook,” “potential,” “predicts” and variations of these words and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors, some of which are beyond our control and difficult to predict and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or forecasted in the forward-looking statements, including without limitation:

 

·                                          an economic downturn could impair our portfolio companies’ ability to continue to operate, which could lead to the loss of some or all of our investments in such portfolio companies;

 

·                                          an economic downturn could disproportionately impact the companies that we intend to target for investment, potentially causing us to experience a decrease in investment opportunities and diminished demand for capital from these companies;

 

·                                          an economic downturn could also impact availability and pricing of our financing;

 

·                                          a contraction of available credit and/or an inability to access the equity markets could impair our lending and investment activities;

 

·                                          the impact of the novel strain of coronavirus known as “COVID-19” and related changes in base interest rates and significant market volatility on our business, our potential portfolio companies, our industry and the global economy;

 

·                                          interest rate volatility, including the decommissioning of LIBOR, could adversely affect our results, particularly if we elect to use leverage as part of our investment strategy;

 

·                                          currency fluctuations could adversely affect the results of our investments in foreign companies, particularly to the extent that we receive payments denominated in foreign currency rather than U.S. dollars;

 

·                                          our future operating results;

 

·                                          our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies including our and their abilityto achieve our respective objectives as a result of the current COVID-19 pandemic;

 

·                                          our contractual arrangements and relationships with third parties;

 

·                                          the ability of our portfolio companies to achieve their objectives;

 

·                                          competition with other entities and our affiliates for investment opportunities;

 

·                                          the speculative and illiquid nature of our investments;

 

·                                          the use of borrowed money to finance a portion of our investments as well as any expectations regarding potential use of leverage;

 

2


Table of Contents

 

·                                          the adequacy of our financing sources and working capital;

 

·                                          the loss of key personnel;

 

·                                          the timing of cash flows, if any, from the operations of our portfolio companies;

 

·                                          the ability of the Adviser to locate suitable investments for us and to monitor and administer our investments;

 

·                                          the ability of the Adviser to attract and retain highly talented professionals;

 

·                                          our ability to qualify and maintain our tax treatment as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and as a BDC;

 

·                                          the effect of legal, tax and regulatory changes; and

 

·                                          other risks, uncertainties and other factors we identify under “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Registration Statement.

 

Although we believe that the assumptions on which these forward-looking statements are based are reasonable, any of those assumptions could prove to be inaccurate, and as a result, the forward-looking statements based on those assumptions also could be inaccurate. In light of these and other uncertainties, the inclusion of a projection or forward-looking statement in this Registration Statement should not be regarded as a representation by us that our plans and objectives will be achieved. These risks and uncertainties include those described or identified in the section entitled “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Registration Statement. These forward-looking statements apply only as of the date of this Registration Statement. Moreover, we assume no duty and do not undertake to update the forward-looking statements. Because we are an investment company, the forward-looking statements and projections contained in this Registration Statement are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by Section 21E of the 1934 Act.

 

3


Table of Contents

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

 

(a) General Development of Business

 

We were formed on January 27, 2020 as a corporation under the laws of the State of Maryland. We were organized primarily to originate and make loans to, and make debt and equity investments in U.S. middle-market companies. We intend to originate and invest in senior secured or unsecured loans, subordinated loans or mezzanine loans and, to a lesser extent, equity and equity-related securities including warrants, preferred stock and similar forms of senior equity, which may or may not be convertible into a portfolio company’s common equity. Our investment objective is to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, capital appreciation by targeting investment opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns. While we believe that current market conditions favor extending credit to middle market companies in the United States, our investment strategy is intended to generate favorable returns across credit cycles with an emphasis on preserving capital.

 

Our expected portfolio composition will be majority debt or income producing securities, which may include “covenant-lite” loans (as defined below), with a lesser allocation to equity or equity-linked opportunities. In addition, we may invest a portion of our portfolio in opportunistic investments, which will not be our primary focus, but will be intended to enhance returns to our shareholders (“Shareholders”). These investments may include high-yield bonds and broadly-syndicated loans. The Company’s portfolio composition may fluctuate from time to time based on market conditions and interest rates.

 

We expect to conduct private offerings (the “Private Offering”) of our common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”) to investors in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act. The first closing of the private offering that includes investors that are not entities affiliated with or related to the Adviser, or the Adviser's investment professionals and other employees (the “Initial Closing”) will occur as soon as practicable. At the closing of any Private Offering, each investor will make a minimum capital commitment (a “Capital Commitment”) to purchase shares of our Common Stock pursuant to a subscription agreement entered into with us. Investors will be required to fund drawdowns to purchase shares of our Common Stock up to the amount of their respective Capital Commitments on an as-needed basis each time we deliver a notice to the investors. We anticipate commencing our loan origination and investment activities as soon as practicable following the initial drawdown from investors in the Private Offering (the “Initial Drawdown”). From time to time during the Commitment Period (as defined below), the Adviser may, in its sole discretion, permit one or more additional closings (“Subsequent Closings”) as additional Capital Commitments are obtained (the Initial Closing and each Subsequent Closing, each a “Closing” and the last Closing prior to the date on which the Adviser determines, in its sole discretion, to stop accepting Capital Commitments, the “Final Closing”). The “Commitment Period” will continue until earlier of (i) the five year anniversary of the Final Closing and (ii) the seven-year anniversary of the Initial Closing. See “Item 1(c). Description of Business — The Private Offering.”

 

Immediately after filing this Registration Statement, we intend to file with the SEC an election to be treated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. We also intend to elect to be treated, and intend to qualify annually thereafter, as a regulated investment company (a “RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a BDC and a RIC, we will be required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. See “Item 1(c). Description of Business — Regulation as a Business Development Company” and “Item 1(c). Description of Business — Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.

 

(b) Financial Information about Industry Segments

 

Our operations comprise only a single reportable segment.

 

4


Table of Contents

 

(c) Description of Business

 

The Company — Owl Rock Capital Corporation III

 

Owl Rock Capital Corporation III is a newly formed Maryland corporation organized primarily to originate and make loans to, and make debt and equity investments in U.S. middle-market companies. We intend to file an election to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. We intend to originate and invest in senior secured or unsecured loans, subordinated loans or mezzanine loans and, to a lesser extent, equity and equity-related securities including warrants, preferred stock and similar forms of senior equity, which may or may not be convertible into a portfolio company’s common equity. Our investment objective is to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, capital appreciation by targeting investment opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns. While we believe that current market conditions favor extending credit to middle market companies in the United States, our investment strategy is intended to generate favorable returns across credit cycles with an emphasis on preserving capital.

 

We define “middle market companies” to generally mean companies with earnings before interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) between $10 million and $250 million annually, and/or annual revenue of $50 million to $2.5 billion at the time of investment. We may on occasion invest in smaller or larger companies if an attractive opportunity presents itself, especially when there are dislocations in the capital markets, including the high yield and syndicated loan markets. We generally intend to invest in companies with a low loan-to-value ratio, which we consider to be 50% or below. Our target credit investments will typically have maturities between three and ten years and generally range in size between $20 million and $250 million. The investment size will vary with the size of our capital base.

 

We are advised by the Adviser pursuant to an investment advisory agreement between us and the Adviser (the “Investment Advisory Agreement”).  The Adviser is a subsidiary of Owl Rock Capital Partners LP (“Owl Rock Capital Partners”). To achieve our investment objective, we will leverage the Investment Team’s (as defined below) extensive network of relationships with other sophisticated institutions to source, evaluate and, as appropriate, partner with on transactions. There are no assurances that we will achieve our investment objective.

 

Our expected portfolio composition will be majority debt or income producing securities, which may include “covenant-lite” loans (as defined below), with a lesser allocation to equity or equity-linked opportunities. In addition, we may invest a portion of our portfolio in opportunistic investments, which will not be our primary focus, but will be intended to enhance returns to our shareholders (“Shareholders”). These investments may include high-yield bonds and broadly-syndicated loans. The Company’s portfolio composition may fluctuate from time to time based on market conditions and interest rates.

 

We generally intend to distribute make quarterly distributions and to distribute, out of assets legally available for distribution, substantially all of our available earnings, on an annual basis, as determined by our board of directors (the “Board of Directors”) in its sole discretion.

 

From time to time, we may be exposed to significant market risk. See “Item 1A.Risk Factors —Risks Related to Our Business and Structure.”

 

As a BDC, at least 70% of our assets must be assets of the type listed in Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, as described herein.

 

5


Table of Contents

 

The Adviser and Administrator  — Owl Rock Diversified Advisors LLC

 

Owl Rock Diversified Advisors LLC serves as the Company’s investment adviser pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement. See “—Investment Advisory Agreement.” The Adviser also serves as our administrator pursuant to an administration agreement between us and the Adviser (the “Administration Agreement”). See “—Administration Agreement.” The Adviser is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. The Adviser is an indirect subsidiary of Owl Rock Capital Partners. Owl Rock Capital Partners is led by its three co-founders, Douglas I. Ostrover, Marc S. Lipschultz and Craig W. Packer.  The Adviser’s investment team (the “Investment Team”) is also led by Douglas I. Ostrover, Marc S. Lipschultz and Craig W. Packer and is supported by certain members of the Adviser’s senior executive team and the investment committee (the “Investment Committee”). The Investment Committee is comprised of Douglas I. Ostrover, Marc S. Lipschultz, Craig W. Packer and Alexis Maged. The Adviser has no operating history. Subject to the overall supervision of the Board of Directors, the Adviser will manage the day-to-day operations of, and provide investment advisory and management services to, the Company pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement.

 

The Adviser is affiliated with Owl Rock Capital Advisors LLC ("ORCA"), Owl Rock Technology Advisors LLC (“ORTA”) and Owl Rock Capital Private Fund Advisors LLC (“ORPFA” and together with the Adviser, ORCA and ORTA, the “Owl Rock Advisers”), which also are investment advisers and subsidiaries of Owl Rock Capital Partners. The Adviser and its affiliates may provide management or investment services to others whose investments objectives overlap with ours. For example, ORCA serves as investment adviser to Owl Rock Capital Corporation and Owl Rock Capital Corporation II, ORTA serves as investment adviser to Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp. (together with Owl Rock Capital Corporation and Owl Rock Capital Corporation II, the “Existing BDCs”), ORPFA serves as investment adviser to, among other clients, Owl Rock First Lien Master Fund, L.P. (the “First Lien Fund”) and the Adviser is expected to serve as investment adviser to Owl Rock Diversified Lending 2020 Fund (the “2020 Fund” and together with the First Lien Fund, the “Private Funds”).

 

The investment objective of Owl Rock Capital Corporation, Owl Rock Capital Corporation II and the 2020 Fund is similar to ours, which is to generate current income, and to a lesser extent, capital appreciation by targeting investment opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns. Owl Rock Capital Corporation and Owl Rock Capital Corporation II are corporations formed under the laws of the State of Maryland that have elected to be treated as BDCs under the 1940 Act. Owl Rock Capital Corporation’s common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ORCC.” Owl Rock Capital Corporation II is conducting a continuous public offering of its common stock through Owl Rock Capital Securities LLC (d/b/a Owl Rock Securities), its dealer manager and an affiliate of Owl Rock Capital Partners. Owl Rock Securities is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and it is anticipated that Owl Rock Securities will also serve as the dealer manager for this private placement.

 

Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp. is a BDC and its investment objective is to maximize total return by generating current income from its debt investments and other income producing securities, and capital appreciation from its equity and equity-linked investments. Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp. has adopted a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its assets in technology-related companies.  Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp. conducts private offerings of its common stock to investors in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act.

 

In addition to the Existing BDCs and the Private Funds, the Adviser and its affiliates may provide management or investment advisory services to entities that have overlapping objectives with us. The Adviser and its affiliates may face conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities to us and others. In order to address these conflicts, the Owl Rock Advisers have put in place an investment allocation policy that addresses the allocation of investment opportunities as well as co-investment restrictions under the 1940 Act. In addition, we intend to rely on exemptive relief that has been granted by the SEC to ORCA and certain affiliates to co-invest with other funds managed by the Adviser or its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. Pursuant to such exemptive relief, we generally are permitted to co-invest with certain of our affiliates if a “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) of our independent directors make certain conclusions in connection with a co-investment transaction, including that (1) the terms of the transaction, including the consideration to be paid, are reasonable and fair to us and our shareholders and do not involve overreaching of us or our shareholders on the part of any person concerned, (2) the transaction is consistent with the interests of our shareholders and is consistent with our investment objective and strategies, and (3) the investment by our affiliates would not disadvantage us, and our participation would not be on a basis different from or less advantageous than that on which our affiliates are investing. The Owl Rock Advisers’ investment allocation policy incorporates the conditions of the exemptive relief. We may also rely on an exemptive order issued by the SEC on April 8, 2020 and applicable to all BDCs, pursuant to which, through December 31, 2020, we may, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, co-invest in our existing portfolio companies with certain other funds managed by the Adviser or its affiliates and covered by our exemptive relief, even if such other funds have not previously invested in such existing portfolio company. Without this order, affiliated funds would not be able to participate in such co-investments with us unless the affiliated funds had previously acquired securities of the portfolio company in a co-investment transaction with us. As a result of the exemptive relief, there could be significant overlap in our investment portfolio and the investment portfolio of the Existing BDCs and/or other funds established by the Adviser or its affiliates that could avail themselves of the exemptive relief. See “Item 1(A). Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Adviser and its Affiliates—We may compete for capital and investment opportunities with other entities managed by the Adviser or its affiliates, subjecting the Adviser to certain conflicts of interest.”

 

6


Table of Contents

 

The Adviser or its affiliates may engage in certain origination activities and receive attendant arrangement, structuring or similar fees from portfolio companies. See “Item 1(A). Risk Factors— Risks Related to the Adviser and its Affiliates —Risks Related to the Adviser and its Affiliates—The Adviser and its affiliates may face conflicts of interest with respect to services performed for issuers in which we invest.” and “Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence — Co-Investment Opportunities.”

 

The Board of Directors

 

Overall responsibility for our oversight rests with the Board of Directors. We have entered into the Investment Advisory Agreement pursuant to which the Adviser will manage the Company on a day-to-day basis. The Board of Directors is responsible for overseeing the Adviser and other service providers in our operations in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, applicable provisions of state and other laws and our amended and restated charter (the “Charter”). The Board of Directors consists of seven members, four of whom are not “interested persons” of the Company or the Adviser as defined in the 1940 Act. Pursuant to our Charter, the directors are divided into three classes. Directors of each class will hold office for terms ending at the third annual meeting of Shareholders after their election and when their respective successors are elected and qualify. However, the initial members of the three classes of directors will have initial terms ending at the first, second and third annual meeting of Shareholders after the Initial Closing, respectively.

 

The Board of Directors meets in-person at regularly scheduled quarterly meetings each year. In addition, the Board of Directors may hold special in-person or telephonic meetings or informal conference calls to discuss specific matters that may arise or require action between regular meetings. As described below, the Board of Directors has established a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and an Audit Committee, and may establish ad hoc committees or working groups from time to time, to assist the Board of Directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities.

 

7


Table of Contents

 

The Board of Directors has appointed Edward D’Alelio, an independent director, to serve in the role of Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman’s role is to preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and to act as a liaison with the Adviser, counsel and other directors generally between meetings. The Chairman serves as a key point person for dealings between management and the directors. The Chairman also may perform such other functions as may be delegated by the Board of Directors from time to time. The Board of Directors will review matters related to its leadership structure annually. The Board of Directors has determined that its leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the Board of Directors to exercise informed and independent judgment over the matters under its purview and it allocates areas of responsibility among committees of directors and the full Board of Directors in a manner that enhances effective oversight.

 

Investment Advisory Agreement

 

The description below of the Investment Advisory Agreement is only a summary and is not necessarily complete. The description set forth below is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Investment Advisory Agreement attached as an exhibit to this Registration Statement.

 

Under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Adviser will be responsible for the following:

 

·      managing our assets in accordance with our investment objective, policies and restrictions;

 

·      determining the composition of our portfolio, the nature and timing of the changes to our portfolio and the manner of implementing such changes;

 

·      making investment decisions for us, including negotiating the terms of investments in, and dispositions of, portfolio securities and other instruments on our behalf;

 

·      monitoring our investments;

 

·      performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies;

 

·      exercising voting rights in respect of our portfolio securities and other investments;

 

·      serving on, and exercising observer rights for, boards of directors and similar committees of our portfolio companies; and

 

·      providing us with such other investment advisory and related services as we may, from time to time, reasonably require for the investment of capital.

 

The Adviser’s services under the Investment Advisory Agreement are not exclusive, and it is free to furnish similar services to other entities so long as its services to us are not impaired.

 

Term

 

Unless earlier terminated as described below, the Investment Advisory Agreement will remain in effect for a period of two years from the date it first becomes effective, and will remain in effect from year-to-year thereafter if approved annually by a majority of the Board of Directors or by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities and, in each case, a majority of the independent directors.

 

8


Table of Contents

 

The Investment Advisory Agreement will automatically terminate within the meaning of the 1940 Act and related SEC guidance and interpretations in the event of its assignment. In accordance with the 1940 Act, without payment of penalty, we may terminate the Investment Advisory Agreement with the Adviser upon 60 days’ written notice. The decision to terminate the agreement may be made by a majority of the Board of Directors or the Shareholders holding a Majority of the Outstanding shares of Common Stock. “Majority of the Outstanding Shares” means the lesser of (1) 67% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock are present or represented by proxy or (2) a majority of outstanding shares of Common Stock. In addition, without payment of penalty, the Adviser may generally terminate the Investment Advisory Agreement upon 60 days’ written notice.

 

Removal of Adviser

 

The Adviser may be removed by the Board of Directors or by the affirmative vote of a Majority of the Outstanding Shares.

 

Compensation of the Adviser

 

We will pay the Adviser an investment advisory fee for its services under the Investment Advisory Agreement consisting of two components: a management fee (the “Management Fee”) and an incentive fee (the “Incentive Fee”). The cost of both the Management Fee and the Incentive Fee will ultimately be borne by the Shareholders.

 

The Management Fee is payable quarterly in arrears. Prior to an Exchange Listing the Management Fee is payable at an annual rate of 0.50% of our average gross assets, excluding cash and cash equivalents but including assets purchased with borrowed amounts, at the end of our two most recently completed calendar quarters. Following an Exchange Listing, the Management Fee is payable at an annual rate of (x) 1.50% of our average gross assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents but including assets purchased with borrowed amounts) that is above an asset coverage ratio of 200% calculated in accordance with Sections 18 and 61 of the 1940 Act and (y) 1.00% of our average gross assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents but including assets purchased with borrowed amounts) that is below an asset coverage ratio of 200% calculated in accordance with Sections 18 and 61 of the 1940 Act, in each case, at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters payable quarterly in arrears. The Management Fee will be appropriately prorated and adjusted (based on the actual number of days elapsed relative to the total number of days in such calendar quarter) for any share issuances or repurchases during the relevant calendar months or quarters, as the case may be. The Management Fee for any partial month or quarter, as the case may be, will be appropriately prorated and adjusted (based on the actual number of days elapsed relative to the total number of days in such calendar quarter). For purposes of the Investment Advisory Agreement, gross assets means our total assets determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, excluding cash and cash equivalents, but including assets purchased with borrowed amounts.

 

Prior to an Exchange Listing, if any, the Adviser will not be entitled to an Incentive Fee.

 

Following an Exchange Listing, the Incentive Fee will consist of two components that are independent of each other, with the result that one component may be payable even if the other is not. A portion of the Incentive Fee is based on our income and a portion is based on its capital gains, each as described below. The portion of the Incentive Fee based on income will be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears and will equal 100% of the pre- Incentive Fee net investment income in excess of a 1.5% quarterly “hurdle rate,” until the Adviser has received 17.5% of the total pre-Incentive Fee net investment income for that calendar quarter and, for pre-Incentive Fee net investment income in excess of 1.82% quarterly, 17.5% of all remaining pre- Incentive Fee net investment income for that calendar quarter. The 100% “catch-up” provision for pre-Incentive Fee net investment income in excess of the 1.5% “hurdle rate” is intended to provide the Adviser with an incentive fee of 17.5% on all pre-Incentive Fee net investment income when that amount equals 1.82% in a calendar quarter (7.27% annualized), which, in each case, is the rate at which catch-up is achieved. Once the “hurdle rate” is reached and catch-up is achieved, 17.5% of any pre-Incentive Fee net investment income in excess of 1.82% in any calendar quarter is payable to the Adviser.

 

9


Table of Contents

 

Pre-Incentive Fee net investment income means dividends (including reinvested dividends), interest and fee income accrued by us during the calendar quarter, minus operating expenses for the calendar quarter (including the Management Fee, expenses payable under the Administration Agreement to the Administrator, and any interest expense and dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the Incentive Fee). Pre-Incentive Fee net investment income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments with pay-in-kind interest (“PIK”) and zero coupon securities), accrued income that we may not have received in cash. The Adviser is not obligated to return the Incentive Fee it receives on PIK interest that is later determined to be uncollectible in cash. Pre-Incentive Fee net investment income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation.

 

To determine whether pre-Incentive Fee net investment income exceeds the hurdle rate, pre-Incentive Fee net investment income is expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter commencing with the first calendar quarter following an Exchange Listing. Because of the structure of the Incentive Fee, it is possible that we may pay an Incentive Fee in a calendar quarter in which it incurs a loss. For example, if we receive pre-Incentive Fee net investment income in excess of the quarterly hurdle rate, we will pay the applicable Incentive Fee even if we have incurred a loss in that calendar quarter due to realized and unrealized capital losses. In addition, because the quarterly hurdle rate is calculated based on our net assets, decreases in our net assets due to realized or unrealized capital losses in any given calendar quarter may increase the likelihood that the hurdle rate is reached and therefore the likelihood of us paying an Incentive Fee for that calendar quarter. Our net investment income used to calculate this component of the Incentive Fee is also included in the amount of our gross assets used to calculate the Management Fee because gross assets are total assets (including cash received) before deducting liabilities (such as declared dividend payments).

 

The following are graphical representations of the calculation of the income-related portion of the Incentive Fee:

 

Quarterly Incentive Fee on

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income

Subsequent to an Exchange Listing

(expressed as a percentage of the value of net assets)

 

 

10


Table of Contents

 

Percentage of Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income

Allocated to Quarterly Incentive Fee

 

The second component of the Incentive Fee, the Capital Gains Incentive Fee, payable at the end of each calendar year in arrears, equals, subsequent to an Exchange Listing, 17.5% of cumulative realized capital gains from the date on which the Exchange Listing, if any, becomes effective (the “Listing Date”) to the end of each calendar year, less cumulative realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation from the Listing Date to the end of each calendar year. Each year, the fee paid for the Capital Gains Incentive Fee is net of the aggregate amount of any previously paid Capital Gains Incentive Fee for prior periods. We will accrue, but will not pay, a Capital Gains Incentive Fee with respect to unrealized appreciation because a Capital Gains Incentive Fee would be owed to the Adviser if we were to sell the relevant investment and realize a capital gain. The fees that are payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement for any partial period will be appropriately prorated. For the sole purpose of calculating the Capital Gains Incentive Fee, the cost basis as of the Listing Date for all of our investments made prior to the Listing Date will be equal to the fair market value of such investments as of the last day of the calendar quarter in which the Listing Date occurs; provided, however, that in no event will the Capital Gains Fee payable pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement be in excess of the amount permitted by the Advisers Act, including Section 205 thereof.

 

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification

 

The Adviser and its affiliates (each, an “Indemnitee”) are not liable to us for (i) mistakes of judgment or for action or inaction that such person reasonably believed to be in our best interests absent such Indemnitee’s gross negligence, knowing and willful misconduct, or fraud or (ii) losses or expenses due to mistakes of judgment, action or inaction, or the negligence, dishonesty or bad faith of any broker or other agent of ours who is not an affiliate of such Indemnitee, provided that such person was selected, engaged or retained without gross negligence, willful misconduct, or fraud.

 

We will indemnify each Indemnitee against any liabilities relating to the offering of our Common Stock or our business, operation, administration or termination, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner it believed to be in, or not opposed to, our interests and except to the extent arising out of the Indemnitee’s gross negligence, fraud or knowing and willful misconduct. We may pay the expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in defending an actual or threatened civil or criminal action in advance of the final disposition of such action, provided the Indemnitee agrees to repay those expenses if found by adjudication not to be entitled to indemnification.

 

Board Approval of the Investment Advisory Agreement

 

The Board of Directors held an in-person meeting to consider and approve the Investment Advisory Agreement and related matters. The Board of Directors was provided with information it required to consider the Investment Advisory Agreement, including: (a) the nature, quality and extent of the advisory and other services to be provided to us by the Adviser; (b) comparative data with respect to advisory fees or similar expenses paid by other BDCs, which could include employees of the Adviser or its affiliates; (c) our  projected operating expenses and expense ratio compared to BDCs with similar investment objectives; (d) any existing and potential sources of indirect income to the Adviser from its relationship with us and the profitability of that relationship; (e) information about the services to be performed and the personnel performing such services under the Investment Advisory Agreement; (f) the organizational capability and financial condition of the Adviser and its affiliates; and (g) the possibility of obtaining similar services from other third-party service providers or through an internally managed structure.

 

11


Table of Contents

 

Administration Agreement

 

The description below of the Administration Agreement is only a summary and is not necessarily complete. The description set forth below is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Administration Agreement attached as an exhibit to this Registration Statement.

 

Under the terms of the Administration Agreement the Adviser will perform, or oversee the performance of, administrative services for us, which includes, but is not limited to, providing office space, equipment and office services, maintaining financial records, preparing reports to Shareholders and reports filed with the SEC, managing the payment of expenses, and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered by others, which could include employees of the Adviser or its affiliates. We will reimburse the Adviser for services performed for us pursuant to the terms of the Administration Agreement. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Administration Agreement, the Adviser may delegate its obligations under the Administration Agreement to an affiliate or to a third party and we will reimburse the Adviser for any services performed for us by such affiliate or third party. To the extent that the Adviser outsources any of its functions the Company will pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without profit to the Adviser.

 

Unless earlier terminated as described below, the Administration Agreement will remain in effect for a period of two years from the date it first becomes effective, and will remain in effect from year-to-year thereafter if approved annually by a majority of the Board of Directors or by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities and, in each case, a majority of the independent directors. We may terminate the Administration Agreement, without payment of any penalty, upon 60 days’ written notice. The decision to terminate the agreement may be made by a majority of the Board of Directors or the shareholders holding a Majority of the Outstanding Shares of our Common Stock. In addition, the Adviser may terminate the Administration Agreement, without payment of any penalty, upon 60 days’ written notice.

 

The Administration Agreement provides that the Adviser and its affiliates’ respective officers, directors, members, managers, stockholders and employees are entitled to indemnification from us from and against any claims or liabilities, including reasonable legal fees and other expenses reasonably incurred, arising out of or in connection with our business and operations or any action taken or omitted on our behalf pursuant to authority granted by the Administration Agreement, except where attributable to willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of such person’s duties or reckless disregard of such person’s obligations and duties under the Administration Agreement.

 

12


Table of Contents

 

Payment of the Company’s Expenses under the Investment Advisory and Administration Agreements

 

Except as specifically provided below, we anticipate that all investment professionals and staff of the Adviser, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory and management services to the Company, and the base compensation, bonus and benefits, and the routine overhead expenses, of such personnel allocable to such services, will be provided and paid for by the Adviser. In addition, the Adviser shall be solely responsible for any placement or “finder’s” fees payable to placement agents engaged by us or our affiliates in connection with our offering of securities.  We will bear our allocable portion of the costs of the compensation, benefits and related administrative expenses (including travel expenses) of our officers who provide operational and administrative services hereunder, their respective staffs and other professionals who provide services to us (including, in each case, employees of the Adviser or an affiliate) who assist with the preparation, coordination, and administration of the foregoing or provide other “back office” or “middle office” financial or operational services to us. We shall reimburse the Adviser (or its affiliates) for an allocable portion of the compensation paid by the Adviser (or its affiliates) to such individuals (based on a percentage of time such individuals devote, on an estimated basis, to our the business affairs and in acting on our behalf and as otherwise set forth in the Administrative Agreement).  We also will bear all other costs and expenses of our operations, administration and transactions, including, but not limited to (i) investment advisory fees, including Management Fees and Incentive Fees, to the Adviser, pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement; (ii) our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses (including rent, office equipment and utilities) incurred by the Adviser in performing its administrative obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement, and (iii) all other costs and expenses of its operations and transactions including, without limitation, those relating to:

 

·      the cost of our organization and any offerings;

 

·      the cost of calculating our net asset value, including the cost of any third-party valuation services;

 

·      the cost of effecting any sales and repurchases of Common Stock and other securities;

 

·      fees and expenses payable under any dealer manager agreements, if any;

 

·      debt service and other costs of borrowings or other financing arrangements;

 

·      costs of hedging;

 

·      expenses, including travel expense, incurred by the Adviser, or members of the Investment Team, or payable to third parties, performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies and, if necessary, enforcing our rights;

 

·      escrow agent, transfer agent and custodial fees and expenses;

 

·      fees and expenses associated with marketing efforts;

 

·      federal and state registration fees, any stock exchange listing fees and fees payable to rating agencies;

 

·      federal, state and local taxes;

 

·      independent directors’ fees and expenses, including certain travel expenses;

 

·      costs of preparing financial statements and maintaining books and records and filing reports or other documents with the SEC (or other regulatory bodies) and other reporting and compliance costs, including registration fees, listing fees and licenses, and the compensation of professionals responsible for the preparation of the foregoing;

 

·      the costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to Shareholders (including printing and mailing costs),

 

·      the costs of any Shareholder or director meetings and the compensation of personnel responsible for the preparation of the foregoing and related matters;

 

·      commissions and other compensation payable to brokers or dealers;

 

·      research and market data;

 

·      fidelity bond, directors and officers errors and omissions liability insurance and other insurance premiums;

 

·      direct costs and expenses of administration, including printing, mailing, long distance telephone and staff;

 

·      fees and expenses associated with independent audits, outside legal and consulting costs;

 

·      costs of winding up;

 

·      costs incurred in connection with the formation or maintenance of entities or vehicles to hold our  assets for tax or other purposes;

 

13


Table of Contents

 

·      extraordinary expenses (such as litigation or indemnification); and

 

·      costs associated with reporting and compliance obligations under the 1940 Act and applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

Fees and Expenses

 

The table below provides information about our estimated annual operating expenses during the following twelve months, expressed as a percentage of average net assets attributable to Common Stock. The percentages indicated in the table below are estimates and may vary.

 

Management Fee(1)

 

.9

%

Incentive Fee(2)

 

%

Interest payments on Borrowed Funds(3)

 

1.9

%

Other Expenses(4)

 

1.1

%

Total Annual Expenses

 

3.9

%

 


(1)

Amount assumes that we have average net assets of $500 million during the following twelve months and that we borrow funds equal to 75% of our average net assets during such period.

 

 

(2)

For purpose of this chart, we have assumed that we will not conduct an Exchange Listing in the next twelve months. This assumption is made solely for the purpose of estimating fees.

 

 

(3)

We intend to borrow funds to make investments. To the extent that we determine it is appropriate to borrow funds to make investments, the costs associated with such borrowing will be indirectly borne by our investors. The figure in the table assumes we borrow for investment purposes an amount equal to 75% of our average net assets (including such borrowed funds) during the following twelve months and that the annual interest rate on the amount borrowed is 2.2%. We may borrow additional funds from time to time to make investments to the extent we determine that the economic situation is conducive to doing so.

 

 

(4)

Other expenses include, but are not limited to, accounting, legal and auditing fees, as well as the reimbursement of the compensation of administrative personnel and fees payable to our directors who do not also serve in an executive officer capacity for us or the Adviser. The amount presented in the table reflects estimated amounts we expect to pay during the following twelve months.

 

Example

 

We have provided an example of the projected dollar amount of total expenses that would be incurred over various periods with respect to a hypothetical $1,000 investment in our common stock. In calculating the following expense amounts, we have assumed that: (1) we have indebtedness, equal to 75% of our average net assets, (2) that our annual operating expenses remain at the levels set forth in the table above, (3) that the annual return on investments before fees and expenses is 5.0%, (4) that we have average net assets for twelve month of operations equal to $500 million, and (5) that all shares are issued at the same price per share.

 

14


Table of Contents

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment

 

1 year

 

3 years

 

5 years

 

10 years

 

5% annual return from investment income

 

$

39

 

$

122

 

$

213

 

$

487

 

5% annual return from capital gains

 

$

39

 

$

122

 

$

213

 

$

487

 

 

While the example assumes a 5.0% annual return on investment before fees and expenses, our performance will vary and may result in an annual return that is greater or less than 5.0%. This example should not be considered a representation of your future expenses. Following an Exchange Listing, investors may be subject to an incentive fee, in some cases, subject to hurdle rates. See “Item 1(c) —Investment Advisory Agreement —Compensation of Adviser” for information concerning incentive fees.

 

License Agreement

 

We have also entered into a license agreement (the “License Agreement”) with Owl Rock Capital Partners, pursuant to which Owl Rock Capital Partners granted us a non-exclusive license to use the name “Owl Rock.” Under the License Agreement, we have a right to use the Owl Rock name for so long as the Adviser or one of its affiliates remains our investment adviser. Other than with respect to this limited license, we have no legal right to the “Owl Rock” name or logo.

 

Market Trends

 

We believe the middle-market lending environment provides opportunities for us to meet our goal of making investments that generate attractive risk-adjusted returns based on a combination of the following factors, which continue to remain true in the current environment, with the economic shutdown resulting from the COVID-19 national health emergency:

 

Limited Availability of Capital for Middle-Market Companies.    We believe that regulatory and structural changes in the market have reduced the amount of capital available to U.S. middle-market companies. In particular, we believe there are currently fewer providers of capital to middle market companies. We believe that many commercial and investment banks have, in recent years, de-emphasized their service and product offerings to middle-market businesses in favor of lending to large corporate clients and managing capital markets transactions. In addition, these lenders may be constrained in their ability to underwrite and hold bank loans and high yield securities for middle-market issuers as they seek to meet existing and future regulatory capital requirements. We also believe that there is a lack of market participants that are willing to hold meaningful amounts of certain middle-market loans. As a result, we believe our ability to minimize syndication risk for a company seeking financing by being able to hold its loans without having to syndicate them, coupled with reduced capacity of traditional lenders to serve the middle-market, present an attractive opportunity to invest in middle-market companies.

 

Capital Markets Have Been Unable to Fill the Void in U.S. Middle Market Finance Left by Banks.    While underwritten bond and syndicated loan markets have been robust in recent years, middle market companies are less able to access these markets for reasons including the following:

 

High Yield Market—Middle market companies generally are not issuing debt in an amount large enough to be an attractively sized bond. High yield bonds are generally purchased by institutional investors who, among other things, are focused on the liquidity characteristics of the bond being issued. For example, mutual funds and exchange traded funds (“ETFs”) are significant buyers of underwritten bonds. However, mutual funds and ETFs generally require the ability to liquidate their investments quickly in order to fund investor redemptions and/or comply with regulatory requirements. Accordingly, the existence of an active secondary market for bonds is an important consideration in these entities’ initial investment decision. Because there is typically little or no active secondary market for the debt of U.S. middle market companies, mutual funds and ETFs generally do not provide debt capital to U.S. middle market companies. We believe this is likely to be a persistent problem and creates an advantage for those like us who have a more stable capital base and have the ability to invest in illiquid assets.

 

15


Table of Contents

 

Syndicated Loan Market—While the syndicated loan market is modestly more accommodating to middle market issuers, as with bonds, loan issue size and liquidity are key drivers of institutional appetite and, correspondingly, underwriters’ willingness to underwrite the loans. Loans arranged through a bank are done either on a “best efforts” basis or are underwritten with terms plus provisions that permit the underwriters to change certain terms, including pricing, structure, yield and tenor, otherwise known as “flex”, to successfully syndicate the loan, in the event the terms initially marketed are insufficiently attractive to investors. Furthermore, banks are generally reluctant to underwrite middle market loans because the arrangement fees they may earn on the placement of the debt generally are not sufficient to meet the banks’ return hurdles. Loans provided by companies such as ours provide certainty to issuers in that we can commit to a given amount of debt on specific terms, at stated coupons and with agreed upon fees. As we are the ultimate holder of the loans, we do not require market “flex” or other arrangements that banks may require when acting on an agency basis.

 

Robust Demand for Debt Capital.    We believe U.S. middle market companies will continue to require access to debt capital to refinance existing debt, support growth and finance acquisitions. In addition, we believe the large amount of uninvested capital held by funds of private equity firms, estimated by Preqin Ltd., an alternative assets industry data and research company, to be $1.26 trillion as of March 2019, will continue to drive deal activity. We expect that private equity sponsors will continue to pursue acquisitions and leverage their equity investments with secured loans provided by companies such as us.

 

The Middle Market is a Large Addressable Market.    According to GE Capital’s National Center for the Middle Market 4th quarter 2019 Middle Market Indicator, there are approximately 200,000 U.S. middle market companies, which have approximately 47.9 million aggregate employees. Moreover, the U.S. middle market accounts for one-third of private sector gross domestic product (“GDP”). GE defines U.S. middle market companies as those between $10 million and $1 billion in annual revenue, which we believe has significant overlap with our definition of U.S. middle market companies.

 

Attractive Investment Dynamics.    An imbalance between the supply of, and demand for, middle market debt capital creates attractive pricing dynamics. We believe the directly negotiated nature of middle market financings also generally provides more favorable terms to the lender, including stronger covenant and reporting packages, better call protection, and lender-protective change of control provisions. Additionally, we believe BDC managers’ expertise in credit selection and ability to manage through credit cycles has generally resulted in BDCs experiencing lower loss rates than U.S. commercial banks through credit cycles. Further, we believe that historical middle market default rates have been lower, and recovery rates have been higher, as compared to the larger market capitalization, broadly distributed market, leading to lower cumulative losses. Lastly, we believe that in the current environment, with the economic shutdown resulting from the COVID-19 national health emergency, lenders with available capital may be able to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities as the economy re-opens and may be able to achieve improved economic spreads and documentation terms.

 

Conservative Capital Structures.    Following the credit crisis, which we define broadly as occurring between mid-2007 and mid-2009, lenders have generally required borrowers to maintain more equity as a percentage of their total capitalization, specifically to protect lenders during economic downturns. With more conservative capital structures, U.S. middle market companies have exhibited higher levels of cash flows available to service their debt. In addition, U.S. middle market companies often are characterized by simpler capital structures than larger borrowers, which facilitates a streamlined underwriting process and, when necessary, restructuring process.

 

16


Table of Contents

 

Attractive Opportunities in Investments in Loans.    We invest in senior secured or unsecured loans, subordinated loans or mezzanine loans and, to a lesser extent, equity and equity-related securities. We believe that opportunities in senior secured loans are significant because of the floating rate structure of most senior secured debt issuances and because of the strong defensive characteristics of these types of investments. Given the current low interest rate environment, we believe that debt issues with floating interest rates offer a superior return profile as compared with fixed-rate investments, since floating rate structures are generally less susceptible to declines in value experienced by fixed-rate securities in a rising interest rate environment. Senior secured debt also provides strong defensive characteristics. Senior secured debt has priority in payment among an issuer’s security holders whereby holders are due to receive payment before junior creditors and equity holders. Further, these investments are secured by the issuer’s assets, which may provide protection in the event of a default.

 

Potential Competitive Advantages

 

We believe that the Adviser’s disciplined approach to origination, fundamental credit analysis, portfolio construction and risk management should allow us to achieve attractive risk-adjusted returns while preserving our capital. We believe that we represent an attractive investment opportunity for the following reasons:

 

Experienced Team with Expertise Across all Levels of the Corporate Capital Structure.    The members of the Investment Committee have over 25 years of experience in private lending and investing at all levels of a company’s capital structure, particularly in high yield securities, leveraged loans, high yield credit derivatives and distressed securities, as well as experience in operations, corporate finance and mergers and acquisitions. The members of the Investment Committee have diverse backgrounds with investing experience through multiple business and credit cycles. Moreover, certain members of the Investment Committee and other executives and employees of the Adviser and its affiliates have operating and/or investing experience on behalf of business development companies. We believe this experience will provide the Adviser with an in-depth understanding of the strategic, financial and operational challenges and opportunities of middle market companies and will afford it numerous tools to manage risk while preserving the opportunity for attractive risk-adjusted returns on our investments.

 

Distinctive Origination Platform.  We believe that a substantial majority of our investments have been sourced directly. We believe that our origination platform will provide us the ability to originate investments without the assistance of investment banks or other traditional Wall Street intermediaries. The Investment Team includes over 50 investment professionals and is responsible for originating, underwriting, executing and managing the assets of our direct lending transactions and for sourcing and executing opportunities directly. The Investment Team has significant experience as transaction originators and building and maintaining strong relationships with private equity sponsors and companies.

 

The Investment Team also maintains direct contact with banks, corporate advisory firms, industry consultants, attorneys, investment banks, “club” investors and other potential sources of lending opportunities. We believe the Adviser’s ability to source through multiple channels will allow us to generate investment opportunities that have more attractive risk-adjusted return characteristics than by relying solely on origination flow from investment banks or other intermediaries and to be more selective investors.

 

Since its inception through December 31, 2019, Owl Rock has reviewed over 4,200 opportunities and sourced potential investment opportunities from over 445 private equity sponsors and venture capital firms. We believe that the Adviser will receive “early looks” and “last looks” based on its relationships, allowing it to be highly selective in the transactions it pursues.

 

17


Table of Contents

 

Potential Long-Term Investment Horizon.    We believe our potential long-term investment horizon will give us flexibility, allowing us to maximize returns on our investments. We intend to invest using a long-term focus, which we believe provides us with the opportunity to increase total returns on invested capital, as compared to other private company investment vehicles or investment vehicles with daily liquidity requirements (e.g., open-ended mutual funds and ETFs).

 

Defensive, Income-Orientated Investment Philosophy.    The Adviser intends to employ a defensive investment approach focused on long-term credit performance and principal protection. This investment approach involves a multi-stage selection process for each investment opportunity as well as ongoing monitoring of each investment made, with particular emphasis on early detection of credit deterioration. This strategy is designed to minimize potential losses and achieve attractive risk adjusted returns.

 

Active Portfolio Monitoring.    The Adviser will closely monitor the investments in our portfolio and takes a proactive approach to identifying and addressing sector- or company-specific risks. The Adviser will receive and review detailed financial information from portfolio companies no less than quarterly and seeks to maintain regular dialogue with portfolio company management teams regarding current and forecasted performance. Although we may invest in “covenant-lite” loans, which generally do not have a complete set of financial maintenance covenants, we anticipate that many of our investments will have financial covenants that we believe will provide an early warning of potential problems facing our borrowers, allowing lenders, including us, to identify and carefully manage risk. Further, we anticipate that many of our equity investments will provide us the opportunity to nominate a member or observer to the board of directors of the portfolio company, which we believe will allow us to closely monitor the performance of our portfolio companies.

 

Investment Selection

 

The Adviser has identified the following investment criteria and guidelines that it believes are important in evaluating prospective portfolio companies. However, not all of these criteria and guidelines will be met, or will be equally important, in connection with each of our investments.

 

Established Companies with Positive Cash Flow. We intend to invest in companies with sound historical financial performance which we believe tend to be well-positioned to maintain consistent cash flow to service and repay their obligations and maintain growth in their businesses or market share in all market conditions, including in the event of a recession. The Adviser typically focuses on upper middle-market companies with a history of profitability on an operating cash flow basis. The Adviser does not intend to invest in start-up companies that have not achieved sustainable profitability and cash flow generation or companies with speculative business plans.

 

Strong Competitive Position in Industry. The Adviser intends to analyze the strengths and weaknesses of target companies relative to their competitors. The factors the Adviser will consider include relative product pricing, product quality, customer loyalty, substitution risk, switching costs, patent protection, brand positioning and capitalization. We will seek to invest in companies that have developed leading positions within their respective markets, are well positioned to capitalize on growth opportunities and operate businesses, exhibit the potential to maintain sufficient cash flows and profitability to service their obligations in a range of economic environments or are in industries with significant barriers to entry. We will seek companies that demonstrate advantages in scale, scope, customer loyalty, product pricing or product quality versus their competitors that, when compared to their competitors, may help to protect their market position and profitability.

 

Experienced Management Team. We will seek to invest in companies that have experienced management teams. We will also seek to invest in companies that have proper incentives in place, including management teams having significant equity interests to motivate management to act in concert with our interests as an investor.

 

18


Table of Contents

 

Diversified Customer and Supplier Base. We will generally seek to invest in companies that have a diversified customer and supplier base. Companies with a diversified customer and supplier base are generally better able to endure economic downturns, industry consolidation, changing business preferences and other factors that may negatively impact their customers, suppliers and competitors.

 

Exit Strategy. While certain debt investments may be repaid through operating cash flows of the borrower, we expect that the primary means by which we exit our debt investments will be through methods such as strategic acquisitions by other industry participants, an initial public offering of common stock, a recapitalization, a refinancing or another transaction in the capital markets.

 

Prior to making an equity investment in a prospective portfolio company, we will analyze the potential for that company to increase the liquidity of its equity through a future event that would enable us to realize appreciation in the value of our equity interest. Liquidity events may include an IPO, a private sale of our equity interest to a third party, a merger or an acquisition of the company or a purchase of our equity position by the company or one of its stockholders.

 

In addition, in connection with our investing activities, we may make commitments with respect to an investment in a potential portfolio company substantially in excess of our final investment. In such situations, while we may initially agree to fund up to a certain dollar amount of an investment, we may sell a portion of such amount, such that we are left with a smaller investment than what was reflected in our original commitment.

 

Financial SponsorshipWe may seek to participate in transactions sponsored by what we believe to be high-quality private equity and venture capital firms. We believe that a financial sponsor’s willingness to invest significant sums of equity capital into a company is an explicit endorsement of the quality of their investment. Further, financial sponsors of portfolio companies with significant investments at risk have the ability and a strong incentive to contribute additional capital in difficult economic times should operational issues arise.

 

Investments in Different Portfolio Companies and IndustriesWe will seek to invest broadly among portfolio companies and industries, thereby potentially reducing the risk of any one company or industry having a disproportionate impact on the value of our portfolio; however, there can be no assurances in this regard. As we ramp up our portfolio, we will seek to invest not more than 20% of our portfolio in any single industry classification and target portfolio companies that comprise 1-2% of our portfolio (with no individual portfolio company generally expected to comprise greater than 5% of our portfolio).

 

Investment Process Overview

 

Origination and Sourcing. The Investment Team has an extensive network from which to source deal flow and referrals. Specifically, the Adviser will source portfolio investments from a variety of different investment sources, including among others, private equity sponsors, management teams, financial intermediaries and advisers, investment bankers, family offices, accounting firms and law firms. The Adviser believes that its experience across different industries and transaction types makes the Adviser particularly qualified to source, analyze and execute investment opportunities.

 

19


Table of Contents

 

Due Diligence Process. The process through which an investment decision is made involves extensive research into the company, its industry, its growth prospects and its ability to withstand adverse conditions. If one or more members of the Investment Team responsible for the transaction determines that an investment opportunity should be pursued, the Adviser will engage in an intensive due diligence process. Though each transaction may involve a somewhat different approach, the Adviser’s diligence of each opportunity could include:

 

·                           understanding the purpose of the loan, the key personnel, the sources and uses of the proceeds;

 

·                           meeting the company’s management and key personnel, including top level executives, to get an insider’s view of the business, and to probe for potential weaknesses in business prospects;

 

·                           checking management’s backgrounds and references;

 

·                           performing a detailed review of historical financial performance, including performance through various economic cycles, and the quality of earnings;

 

·                           contacting customers and vendors to assess both business prospects and standard practices;

 

·                           conducting a competitive analysis, and comparing the company to its main competitors on an operating, financial, market share and valuation basis;

 

·                           researching the industry for historic growth trends and future prospects as well as to identify future exit alternatives;

 

·                           assessing asset value and the ability of physical infrastructure and information systems to handle anticipated growth;

 

·                           leveraging the Adviser’s internal resources and network with institutional knowledge of the company’s business;

 

·                           assessing business valuation and corresponding recovery analysis;

 

·                           reviewing environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) considerations, including consulting the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board’s Engagement Guide for ESG considerations; and

 

·                           investigating legal and regulatory risks and financial and accounting systems and practices.

 

Selective Investment Process. After an investment has been identified and preliminary diligence has been completed, an investment committee memorandum is prepared. This memorandum is reviewed by the members of the Investment Team in charge of the potential investment. If these members of the Investment Team are in favor of the potential investment, then a more extensive due diligence process is employed. Additional due diligence with respect to any investment may be conducted on our behalf by attorneys, independent accountants, and other third-party consultants and research firms prior to the closing of the investment, as appropriate on a case-by-case basis.

 

Structuring and Execution. Approval of an investment requires the unanimous approval of the Investment Committee. Once the Investment Committee has determined that a prospective portfolio company is suitable for investment, the Adviser will work with the management team of that company and its other capital providers, including senior, junior and equity capital providers, if any, to finalize the structure and terms of the investment.

 

Inclusion of Covenants. Covenants are contractual restrictions that lenders place on companies to limit the corporate actions a company may pursue. Generally, the loans in which we expect to invest will have financial maintenance covenants, which are used to proactively address materially adverse changes in a portfolio company’s financial performance. However, to a lesser extent, we may invest in “covenant-lite” loans. We use the term “covenant-lite” to refer generally to loans that do not have a complete set of financial maintenance covenants. Generally, “covenant-lite” loans provide borrower companies more freedom to negatively impact lenders because their covenants are incurrence-based, which means they are only tested and can only be breached following an affirmative action of the borrower, rather than by a deterioration in the borrower’s financial condition. Accordingly, to the extent we invest in “covenant-lite” loans, we may have fewer rights against a borrower and may have a greater risk of loss on such investments as compared to investments in or exposure to loans with financial maintenance covenants.

 

20


Table of Contents

 

Portfolio Monitoring. The Adviser will monitor our portfolio companies on an ongoing basis. The Adviser will monitor the financial trends of each portfolio company to determine if it is meeting its business plans and to assess the appropriate course of action with respect to our investment in each portfolio company. The Adviser has a number of methods of evaluating and monitoring the performance and fair value of our investments, which may include the following:

 

·                           assessment of success of the portfolio company in adhering to its business plan and compliance with covenants;

 

·                           periodic and regular contact with portfolio company management and, if appropriate, the financial or strategic sponsor, to discuss financial position, requirements and accomplishments;

 

·                           comparisons to other companies in the portfolio company’s industry;

 

·                           attendance at, and participation in, board meetings; and

 

·                           review of periodic financial statements and financial projections for portfolio companies.

 

Structure of Investments

 

Our investment objective is to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, capital appreciation by targeting investment opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns.

 

We expect that generally our portfolio composition will be majority debt or income producing securities, which may include “covenant-lite” loans, with a lesser allocation to equity or equity-linked opportunities. In addition, we may invest a portion of our portfolio in opportunistic investments, which will not be our primary focus, but will be intended to enhance returns to our Shareholders. These investments may include high-yield bonds and broadly-syndicated loans. Our portfolio composition may fluctuate from time to time based on market conditions and interest rates.

 

Covenants are contractual restrictions that lenders place on companies to limit the corporate actions a company may pursue. Generally, the loans in which we expect to invest will have financial maintenance covenants, which are used to proactively address materially adverse changes in a portfolio company’s financial performance. However, to a lesser extent, we may invest in “covenant-lite” loans. We use the term “covenant-lite” to refer generally to loans that do not have a complete set of financial maintenance covenants. Generally, “covenant-lite” loans provide borrower companies more freedom to negatively impact lenders because their covenants are incurrence-based, which means they are only tested and can only be breached following an affirmative action of the borrower, rather than by a deterioration in the borrower’s financial condition. Accordingly, to the extent we invest in “covenant-lite” loans, we may have fewer rights against a borrower and may have a greater risk of loss on such investments as compared to investments in or exposure to loans with financial maintenance covenants.

 

Debt Investments. The terms of our debt investments will be tailored to the facts and circumstances of each transaction. The Adviser will negotiate the structure of each investment to protect our rights and manage our risk. We intend to invest in the following types of debt:

 

·                  First-lien debt. First-lien debt typically is senior on a lien basis to other liabilities in the issuer’s capital structure and has the benefit of a first-priority security interest in assets of the issuer. The security interest ranks above the security interest of any second-lien lenders in those assets. Our first-lien debt may include stand-alone first-lien loans, “unitranche” loans (including “last out” portions of such loans), and secured corporate bonds with similar features to these categories of first-lien loans.

 

21


Table of Contents

 

·                  Stand-alone first lien loans. Stand-alone first-lien loans are traditional first-lien loans. All lenders in the facility have equal rights to the collateral that is subject to the first-priority security interest.

 

·                  Unitranche loans. Unitranche loans (including “last out” portions of such loans) combine features of first-lien, second-lien and mezzanine debt, generally in a first-lien position. In many cases, we may provide the issuer most, if not all, of the capital structure above their equity. The primary advantages to the issuer are the ability to negotiate the entire debt financing with one lender and the elimination of intercreditor issues. “Last out” first-lien loans have a secondary priority behind super-senior “first out” first-lien loans in the collateral securing the loans in certain circumstances. The arrangements for a “last out” first-lien loan are set forth in an “agreement among lenders,” which provides lenders with “first out” and “last out” payment streams based on a single lien on the collateral. Since the “first out” lenders generally have priority over the “last out” lenders for receiving payment under certain specified events of default, or upon the occurrence of other triggering events under intercreditor agreements or agreements among lenders, the “last out” lenders bear a greater risk and, in exchange, receive a higher effective interest rate, through arrangements among the lenders, than the “first out” lenders or lenders in stand-alone first-lien loans. Agreements among lenders also typically provide greater voting rights to the “last out” lenders than the intercreditor agreements to which second-lien lenders often are subject. Among the types of first-lien debt in which we may invest, “last out” first lien loans generally have higher effective interest rates than other types of first-lien loans, since “last out” first lien loans rank below standalone first lien loans.

 

·                  Second-lien debt. Our second-lien debt may include secured loans, and, to a lesser extent, secured corporate bonds, with a secondary priority behind first-lien debt. Second-lien debt typically is senior on a lien basis to unsecured liabilities in the issuer’s capital structure and has the benefit of a security interest over assets of the issuer, though ranking junior to first-lien debt secured by those assets. First-lien lenders and second-lien lenders typically have separate liens on the collateral, and an intercreditor agreement provides the first-lien lenders with priority over the second-lien lenders’ liens on the collateral.

 

·                  Mezzanine debt. Structurally, mezzanine debt usually ranks subordinate in priority of payment to first-lien and second-lien debt, is often unsecured, and may not have the benefit of financial covenants common in first-lien and second-lien debt. However, mezzanine debt ranks senior to common and preferred equity in an issuer’s capital structure. Mezzanine debt investments generally offer lenders fixed returns in the form of interest payments, which could be paid-in-kind, and may provide lenders an opportunity to participate in the capital appreciation, if any, of an issuer through an equity interest. This equity interest typically takes the form of an equity co-investment or warrants. Due to its higher risk profile and often less restrictive covenants compared to senior secured loans, mezzanine debt generally bears a higher stated interest rate than first-lien and second-lien debt.

 

We expect that our debt investments will typically be structured with the maximum seniority and collateral that we can reasonably obtain while seeking to achieve our total return target. The Adviser will seek to limit the downside potential of our investments by:

 

22


Table of Contents

 

·                  requiring a total return on our investments (including both interest and potential equity appreciation) that compensates us for credit risk;

 

·                  negotiating covenants in connection with our investments consistent with preservation of our capital. Such restrictions may include affirmative covenants (including reporting requirements), negative covenants (including financial covenants), lien protection, change of control provisions and board rights, including either observation rights or rights to a seat on the board under some circumstances; and

 

·                  including debt amortization requirements, where appropriate, to require the timely repayment of principal of the loan, as well as appropriate maturity dates.

 

Within our portfolio, the Adviser aims to maintain the appropriate proportion among the various types of first-lien loans, as well as second-lien debt and mezzanine debt, to allow us to achieve our target returns while maintaining our targeted amount of credit risk.

 

Equity Investments. Our investment in a portfolio company could be or may include an equity or equity-linked interest, such as a warrant or profit participation right. In certain instances, we will also make direct equity investments, although those situations are generally limited to those cases where we are also making an investment in a more senior part of the capital structure of the issuer.

 

Term

 

Prior to a Liquidity Event (as defined below), if the Board of Directors determines that there has been a significant adverse change in the regulatory or tax treatment of us or our Shareholders that in its judgment makes it inadvisable for us to continue in its present form, then the Board of Directors will endeavor to restructure or change our form to preserve (insofar as possible) the overall benefits previously enjoyed by Shareholders as a whole or, if the Board of Directors determines it appropriate (and subject to any necessary Shareholder approvals and applicable requirements of the 1940 Act), (i) cause us to change our form and/or jurisdiction of organization or (ii) cause us to wind down and/or liquidate and dissolve.

 

If we have not consummated a Liquidity Event by the seven-year anniversary of the Initial Closing, subject to extension for two additional one-year periods, in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors, the Board of Directors (subject to any necessary shareholder approvals and applicable requirements of the  1940 Act) will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause us to wind down and/or liquidate and dissolve in an orderly manner.

 

“Liquidity Event” means (i) an Exchange Listing; (ii) a transaction, including a merger, in which Shareholders receive cash or shares of an entity, including an entity that is affiliated with us, and such shares are listed on a national securities exchange; or (iii) the sale of all or substantially all of our assets.

 

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, each share of Common Stock would be entitled to share ratably in all of our assets that are legally available for distribution after we have paid or otherwise provide for all debts and other liabilities and subject to any preferential rights of holders of our preferred stock, if any preferred stock is outstanding at such time. For the purposes of this paragraph, a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity, or a sale or conveyance of all or any part of its property or assets will not be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up, voluntary or involuntary.

 

23


Table of Contents

 

Emerging Growth Company

 

We are an emerging growth company as defined in the JOBS Act and we are eligible to take advantage of certain specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”). We expect to remain an emerging growth company for up to five years following the completion of our initial public offering or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1.07 billion, (ii) December 31 of the fiscal year that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the 1934 Act which would occur if the market value of Common Stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter and we have been publicly reporting for at least 12 months or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the preceding three-year period. In addition, we intend to take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the 1933 Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards.

 

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

 

We have adopted a dividend reinvestment plan, pursuant to which we will reinvest all cash dividends declared by the Board of Directors on behalf of Shareholders who do not elect to receive their dividends in cash as provided below. As a result, if the Board of Directors authorizes, and we declare, a cash dividend or other distribution, then Shareholders who have not opted out of our dividend reinvestment plan will have their cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares of Common Stock as described below, rather than receiving the cash dividend or other distribution. Any fractional share otherwise issuable to a participant in the dividend reinvestment plan will instead be paid in cash.

 

The number of shares to be issued to a Shareholder under the dividend reinvestment plan will be determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the distribution payable to such Shareholder by the net asset value per share of Common Stock, as of the last day of our calendar quarter immediately preceding the date such distribution was declared. We intend to use newly issued shares to implement the plan.

 

No action will be required on the part of a registered Shareholder to have his, her or its cash dividend or other distribution reinvested in shares of Common Stock. A registered Shareholder will be able to elect to receive an entire cash dividend or other distribution in cash by notifying the Adviser in writing so that such notice is received by the Adviser no later than ten days prior to the record date for distributions to the Shareholders.

 

There will be no brokerage charges or other charges to Shareholders who participate in the plan.

 

The plan will be terminable by us upon notice in writing mailed to each Shareholder of record at least 30 days prior to any record date for the payment of any distribution by us.

 

Employees

 

We do not currently have any employees and do not expect to have any employees. Services necessary for our business are provided by individuals who are employees of the Adviser or its affiliates, pursuant to the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement. Each of our executive officers described under “Item 5. Directors and Executive Officers” is employed by the Adviser or its affiliates. Our day-to-day investment operations are managed by the Adviser. The services

 

24


Table of Contents

 

necessary for the origination and administration of our investment portfolio will be provided by investment professionals employed by the Adviser or its affiliates. The Investment Team will focus on origination and transaction development and the ongoing monitoring of our investments. In addition, we will reimburse the Adviser for the allocable portion of the compensation paid by the Adviser (or its affiliates) to such individuals (based on a percentage of time such individuals devote, on an estimated basis, to our business affairs and in acting on our behalf). See “Item 1(c). Description of Business — Investment Advisory Agreement” and “Item 1(c). Description of Business — Administration Agreement”

 

The Private Offering

 

We expect to enter into separate subscription agreements with a number of investors providing for the private placement of shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Private Offering and may enter into additional subscription agreements from time to time. Each investor will make a Capital Commitment to purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to a subscription agreement. Investors will be required to make capital contributions to purchase shares of Common Stock each time we deliver a drawdown notice, which will be issued based on our anticipated investment activities and capital needs, in an aggregate amount not to exceed each investor’s respective capital commitment. We will deliver drawdown requests at least ten business days prior to the required funding date. All purchases of Common Stock will generally be made pro rata in accordance with remaining capital commitments of all investors, at a per-share price equal to the net asset value per share of Common Stock subject to any adjustments. Any adjustments would take into account a determination of changes to net asset value within 48 hours of the sale to assure compliance with Section 23(b) of the 1940 Act. At the earlier of (i) a Liquidity Event and (ii) the end of the Commitment Period, Shareholders will be released from any further obligation to fund drawdowns and purchase additional shares of Common Stock, subject to certain conditions described in the subscription agreement.

 

If, during the Commitment Period two of the four of Douglas I. Ostrover, Marc S. Lipschultz, Craig W. Packer and Alan J. Kirshenbaum (the “Key Persons” and each, a “Key Person”), (i) provide notice of resignation, resign, are terminated or are provided with notice of termination from the position of (1) in the case of Douglas I. Ostrover, Marc S. Lipschultz and Craig W. Packer, co-chief investment officer of the Adviser and (2) in the case of Alan J. Kirshenbaum, chief financial officer of the Adviser, (ii) die or are disabled or (iii) cease to be actively involved (1) in the case of Douglas I. Ostrover, Marc S. Lipschultz and Craig W. Packer, as a member of the Investment Committee or (2) in the case of Alan J. Kirshenbaum, as an officer of the Adviser, for any consecutive period exceeding 60 days, a “Key Person Event” will have occurred. We will send written notice of a Key Person Event to Shareholders within ten business days of such occurrence, the Commitment Period shall automatically be suspended for 90 days and Shareholders will not be obligated to fund drawdowns subject to certain conditions described in the subscription agreement. During the 90 day period in which the Commitment Period is suspended, we will convene a special meeting of Shareholders for the purpose of determining whether the Commitment Period should be reinstated. If the Shareholders entitled to cast 75% of all votes vote in favor of the proposal, and all of the independent members of the Board of Directors vote in favor the proposal, the Commitment Period will be reinstated and Shareholders will be obligated to fund drawdowns as if a Key Person Event had not occurred. If the Shareholders entitled to cast 75% of all votes and all of the independent members of the Board of Directors do not vote in favor of the proposal, the Commitment Period shall be deemed to have terminated upon the occurrence of the Key Person Event.

 

While we expect each subscription agreement to reflect the terms and conditions summarized in the preceding paragraph, we reserve the right to enter into subscription agreements that contain terms and conditions not found in the subscription agreements entered into with other investors, subject to applicable law.

 

25


Table of Contents

 

Regulation as a Business Development Company

 

The following discussion is a general summary of the material prohibitions and descriptions governing BDCs generally. It does not purport to be a complete description of all of the laws and regulations affecting BDCs.

 

Qualifying Assets. Under the 1940 Act, a BDC may not acquire any asset other than assets of the type listed in Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, which are referred to as qualifying assets, unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the company’s total assets. The principal categories of qualifying assets relevant to our business are any of the following:

 

(1)     Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer (subject to certain limited exceptions) is an eligible portfolio company, or from any person who is, or has been during the preceding 13 months, an affiliated person of an eligible portfolio company, or from any other person, subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the SEC. An eligible portfolio company is defined in the 1940 Act as any issuer which:

 

(a)          is organized under the laws of, and has its principal place of business in, the United States;

 

(b)          is not an investment company (other than a small business investment company wholly owned by the business development company) or a company that would be an investment company but for certain exclusions under the 1940 Act; and

 

(c)           satisfies any of the following:

 

(i)              does not have any class of securities that is traded on a national securities exchange;

 

(ii)             has a class of securities listed on a national securities exchange, but has an aggregate market value of outstanding voting and non-voting common equity of less than $250 million;

 

(iii) is controlled by a business development company or a group of companies including a business development company and the business development company has an affiliated person who is a director of the eligible portfolio company; or

 

(iv) is a small and solvent company having total assets of not more than $4 million and capital and surplus of not less than $2 million.

 

(2)     Securities of any eligible portfolio company controlled by us.

 

(3)     Securities purchased in a private transaction from a U.S. issuer that is not an investment company or from an affiliated person of the issuer, or in transactions incident thereto, if the issuer is in bankruptcy and subject to reorganization or if the issuer, immediately prior to the purchase of its securities was unable to meet its obligations as they came due without material assistance other than conventional lending or financing arrangements.

 

26


Table of Contents

 

(4)    Securities of an eligible portfolio company purchased from any person in a private transaction if there is no ready market for such securities and we already own 60% of the outstanding equity of the eligible portfolio company.

 

(5)     Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described in (1) through (4) above, or pursuant to the exercise of warrants or rights relating to such securities.

 

(6)     Cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment.

 

In addition, a BDC must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described in (1), (2) or (3) above.

 

Control, as defined by the 1940 Act, is presumed to exist where a BDC beneficially owns more than 25% of the outstanding voting securities of the portfolio company, but may exist in other circumstances based on the facts and circumstances.

 

The regulations defining qualifying assets may change over time. We may adjust our investment focus as needed to comply with and/or take advantage of any regulatory, legislative, administrative or judicial actions

 

Managerial Assistance to Portfolio Companies. A BDC must have been organized and have its principal place of business in the United States and must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described above. However, in order to count portfolio securities as qualifying assets for the purpose of the 70% test, the BDC must either control the issuer of the securities or must offer to make available to the issuer of the securities (other than small and solvent companies described above) significant managerial assistance; except that, where the BDC purchases such securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, one of the other persons in the group may make available such managerial assistance. Where the BDC purchases such securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, the BDC will satisfy this test if one of the other persons in the group makes available such managerial assistance, although this may not be the sole method by which the BDC satisfies the requirement to make available managerial assistance. Making available significant managerial assistance means, among other things, any arrangement whereby the BDC, through its directors, officers or employees, offers to provide and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a portfolio company through monitoring of portfolio company operations, selective participation in board and management meetings, consulting with and advising a portfolio company’s officers or other organizational or financial guidance.

 

Temporary Investments. Pending investment in other types of qualifying assets, as described above, our investments could consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment, which are referred to herein, collectively, as temporary investments, so that 70% of our assets would be qualifying assets. We may invest in highly rated commercial paper, U.S. Government agency notes, U.S. Treasury bills or in repurchase agreements relating to such securities that are fully collateralized by cash or securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies. A repurchase agreement involves the purchase by an investor, such as us, of a specified security and the simultaneous agreement by the seller to repurchase it at an agreed-upon future date and at a price that is greater than the purchase price by an amount that reflects an agreed-upon interest rate. Consequently, repurchase agreements are functionally similar to loans. There is no percentage restriction on the proportion of our assets that may be invested in such repurchase agreements. However, the 1940 Act and certain diversification tests in order to qualify as a RIC for federal income tax purposes typically require us to limit the amount it invests with any one counterparty. Accordingly, we do not intend to enter into repurchase agreements with a single counterparty in excess of this limit. The Adviser will monitor the creditworthiness of the counterparties with which we may enter into repurchase agreement transactions.

 

27


Table of Contents

 

Warrants. Under the 1940 Act, a BDC is subject to restrictions on the issuance, terms and amount of warrants, options or rights to purchase shares of capital stock that it may have outstanding at any time. Under the 1940 Act, we may generally only offer warrants provided that (i) the warrants expire by their terms within ten years, (ii) the exercise or conversion price is not less than the current market value at the date of issuance, (iii) Shareholders authorize the proposal to issue such warrants, and the Board of Directors approves such issuance on the basis that the issuance is in our and the Shareholders best interests and (iv) if the warrants are accompanied by other securities, the warrants are not separately transferable unless no class of such warrants and the securities accompanying them has been publicly distributed. The 1940 Act also provides that the amount of our voting securities that would result from the exercise of all outstanding warrants, as well as options and rights, at the time of issuance may not exceed 25% of our outstanding voting securities. In particular, the amount of capital stock that would result from the conversion or exercise of all outstanding warrants, options or rights to purchase capital stock cannot exceed 25% of a BDC’s total outstanding shares of capital stock.

 

Senior Securities; Coverage Ratio. We are generally permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness and one class of stock senior to our Common Stock if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, would at least equal to 200% immediately after each such issuance. However, recent legislation has modified the 1940 Act by allowing  a BDC to increase the maximum amount of leverage it may incur from an asset coverage ratio of 200% to an asset coverage ratio of 150%, if certain requirements are met. The reduced asset coverage requirement would permit a BDC to double the amount of leverage it could incur. We are permitted to increase our leverage capacity if Shareholders  representing at least a majority of the votes cast, when quorum is met, approve a proposal to do so. If we receive such Shareholder approval, we would be permitted to increase our leverage capacity on the first day after such approval. Alternatively, we may increase the maximum amount of leverage we may incur to an asset coverage ratio of 150% if the “required majority” (as defined in Section  57(o) of the 1940 Act) of our independent directors approve such increase with  such approval becoming effective after one year. In either case, we must extend to our Shareholders as of the date of such approval the opportunity to tender the shares of our Common Stock that they hold and we would be required to make certain disclosures on our website and in SEC filings regarding, among other things, the receipt of approval to increase our leverage, our leverage capacity and usage, and risks related to leverage. The Adviser, as our sole Shareholder, is expected to approve a proposal that will allow us to reduce our asset coverage ratio to 150%. As a result, we will offer to repurchase certain shares of our Common Stock as required by the legislation.

 

In addition, while any senior securities remain outstanding, we would be required to make provisions to prohibit any dividend distribution to our Shareholders or the repurchase of such securities or shares unless it meets the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the dividend distribution or repurchase. We would also be permitted to borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes, which borrowings would not be considered senior securities.

 

Code of Ethics. We and the Adviser have each adopted a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act, respectively, that establishes procedures for personal investments and restricts certain personal securities transactions. Personnel subject to the code are permitted to invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by us, so long as such investments are made in accordance with the code’s requirements. The code of ethics will be available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

 

28


Table of Contents

 

Affiliated Transactions. We may be prohibited under the 1940 Act from conducting certain transactions with our affiliates without prior approval of the directors who are not interested persons, and in some cases, the prior approval of the SEC.  We expect to rely on exemptive relief, that has been granted by the SEC to the ORCA and certain of its affiliates, to co-invest with other funds managed by the Adviser or its affiliates, including the Existing BDCs, in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. Pursuant to such exemptive relief, we generally expect to be permitted to co-invest with certain of our affiliates if a “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) of the independent members of the Board of Directors make certain conclusions in connection with a co-investment transaction, including that (1) the terms of the transaction, including the consideration to be paid, are reasonable and fair to us and our Shareholders and do not involve overreaching by us or our Shareholders on the part of any person concerned, (2) the transaction is consistent with the interests of our Shareholders and is consistent with our investment objective and strategies, and (3) the investment by our affiliates would not disadvantage us, and our participation would not be on a basis different from or less advantageous than that on which its affiliates are investing. We may also rely on an exemptive order issued by the SEC on April 8, 2020 and applicable to all BDCs, pursuant to which, through December 31, 2020, we may, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, co-invest in our existing portfolio companies with certain other funds managed by the Adviser or its affiliates and covered by our exemptive relief, even if such other funds have not previously invested in such existing portfolio company. Without this order, affiliated funds would not be able to participate in such co-investments with us unless the affiliated funds had previously acquired securities of the portfolio company in a co-investment transaction with us. The Owl Rock Advisers’ investment allocation policy incorporates the conditions of the exemptive relief and seeks to ensure equitable allocation of investment opportunities between the Company and other funds managed by the Adviser or its affiliates.  As a result of exemptive relief, there could be significant overlap in the Company’s investment portfolio and the investment portfolio of the Existing BDCs and/or other funds established by the Adviser or its affiliates that could avail themselves of the exemptive relief.

 

Cancellation of the Investment Advisory Agreement. The Investment Advisory Agreement will automatically terminate within the meaning of the 1940 Act and related SEC guidance and interpretations in the event of its assignment. In accordance with the 1940 Act, without payment of penalty, we may terminate the Investment Advisory Agreement with the Adviser upon 60 days’ written notice. The decision to terminate the agreement may be made by a majority of the Board of Directors or the Shareholders holding a Majority of the Outstanding shares of Common Stock. “Majority of the Outstanding Shares” means the lesser of (1) 67% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock are present or represented by proxy or (2) a majority of outstanding shares of Common Stock. In addition, without payment of penalty, the Adviser may generally terminate the Investment Advisory Agreement upon 60 days’ written notice. Unless terminated earlier as described above, the Investment Advisory Agreement will remain in effect for a period of two years from the date it first become effective and will remain in effect from year-to-year thereafter if approved annually by our Board or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a Majority of our Outstanding Shares, and, in either case, if also approved by a majority of our directors who are not “interested persons” as defined in the 1940 Act.

 

Other. We have adopted an investment policy that complies with the requirements applicable to us as a BDC. We expect to be periodically examined by the SEC for compliance with the 1940 Act, and are subject to the periodic reporting and related requirements of the 1934 Act.

 

We are also required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect against larceny and embezzlement. Furthermore, as a BDC, we are prohibited from protecting any director or officer against any liability to our Shareholders arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.

 

We are also required to designate a chief compliance officer and to adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the federal securities laws and to review these policies and procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation.

 

29


Table of Contents

 

We are not permitted to change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw our election as, a BDC unless approved by a majority of our outstanding voting securities. A majority of the outstanding voting securities of a company is defined under the 1940 Act as the lesser of: (i) 67% or more of such company’s shares present at a meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding shares of such company are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of such company.

 

We are not generally able to issue and sell Common Stock at a price below net asset value per share. We may, however, issue and sell Common Stock, or warrants, options or rights to acquire Common Stock, at a price below the then-current net asset value of Common Stock if (1) the Board of Directors determines that such sale is in our best interests and the best interests of our Shareholders, and (2) our Shareholders have approved our policy and practice of making such sales within the preceding 12 months. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price which, in the determination of the Board of Directors, closely approximates the market value of such securities.

 

We may invest up to 100% of our assets in securities acquired directly from issuers in privately negotiated transactions. With respect to such securities, we may, for the purpose of public resale, be deemed an “underwriter” as that term is defined in the 1933 Act.

 

Our intention is to not write (sell) or buy put or call options to manage risks associated with the publicly traded securities of our portfolio companies, except that we may enter into hedging transactions to manage the risks associated with interest rate or currency fluctuations. However, we may purchase or otherwise receive warrants to purchase the common stock of our portfolio companies in connection with acquisition financing or other investments. Similarly, in connection with an acquisition, we may acquire rights to require the issuers of acquired securities or their affiliates to repurchase them under certain circumstances.

 

We also do not intend to acquire securities issued by any investment company that exceed the limits imposed by the 1940 Act. Under these limits, except for registered money market funds, we generally cannot acquire more than 3% of the voting stock of any registered investment company, invest more than 5% of the value of our total assets in the securities of one investment company, or invest more than 10% of the value of our total assets in the securities of more than one investment company. With regard to that portion of our portfolio invested in securities issued by investment companies, if any, it should be noted that such investments might subject Shareholders to additional expenses as they will be indirectly responsible for the costs and expenses of such companies.

 

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

 

We have delegated our proxy voting responsibility to the Adviser. The Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures of the Adviser are set forth below. The guidelines will be reviewed periodically by the Adviser and our non-interested directors, and, accordingly, are subject to change.

 

As an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, the Adviser has a fiduciary duty to act solely in the best interests of its clients. As part of this duty, the Adviser recognizes that it must vote client securities in a timely manner free of conflicts of interest and in the best interests of its clients. These policies and procedures for voting proxies for the Adviser’s investment advisory clients are intended to comply with Section 206 of, and Rule 206(4)-6 under, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

 

30


Table of Contents

 

Proxy Policies

 

The Adviser will vote proxies relating to its clients’ securities in the best interest of its clients’ shareholders. It will review on a case-by-case basis each proposal submitted for a shareholder vote to determine its impact on the portfolio securities held by its clients. Although it will generally vote against proposals that may have a negative impact on its clients’ portfolio securities, it may vote for such a proposal if there exists compelling long-term reasons to do so.

 

The Adviser’s proxy voting decisions are made by the senior officers who are responsible for monitoring each of its clients’ investments. To ensure that the Adviser’s vote is not the product of a conflict of interest, the Adviser will require that: (a) anyone involved in the decision-making process disclose to the Adviser’s chief compliance officer any potential conflict that he or she is aware of and any contact that he or she has had with any interested party regarding a proxy vote; and (b) employees involved in the decision making process or vote administration are prohibited from revealing how the Adviser intends to vote on a proposal in order to reduce any attempted influence from interested parties.

 

Proxy Voting Records

 

Shareholders may obtain information about how the Adviser voted proxies by making a written request for proxy voting information to: Owl Rock Capital Corporation III, Attention: Chief Compliance Officer, 399 Park Avenue, 38th Floor, New York, New York 10022.

 

Privacy Policy

 

We are committed to maintaining the confidentiality, integrity and security of non-public personal information relating to Shareholders. The following information is provided to help Shareholders understand what personal information we collect, how we protect that information and why, in certain cases, we may share information with select other parties.

 

Generally, we will not collect any non-public personal information relating to our Shareholders, other than name, address, and number of shares held by the Shareholder. This information will be used only so that we can service our Shareholder’s account, send annual reports, proxy statements, and other information required by law. With regard to this information, we will maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards designed to protect the non-public personal information of our Shareholders.

 

We may share information that we collect regarding a Shareholder with certain of our service providers for legitimate business purposes, for example, in order to process trades or mail information to investors. In addition, we may disclose information that we collect regarding a Shareholder as required by law or in connection with regulatory or law enforcement inquiries.

 

Reporting Obligations

 

We will furnish Shareholders with annual reports containing audited financial statements, quarterly reports, and such other periodic reports as we determine to be appropriate or as may be required by law. We are filing this Registration Statement with the SEC voluntarily with the intention of establishing the Company as a reporting company under the 1934 Act. Upon the effectiveness of this Registration Statement, we will be required to comply with all periodic reporting, proxy solicitation and other applicable requirements under the 1934 Act.

 

We intend to make available on our website (www.owlrock.com) our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and our current reports on Form 8-K. The SEC also maintains a website (www.sec.gov) that contains such information. The reference to our website is an inactive textual reference only and the information contained on our website is not a part of this registration statement.

 

31


Table of Contents

 

Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

 

The following discussion is a general summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to the Company and to an investment in its Common Stock.  This discussion does not purport to be a complete description of the income tax considerations applicable to such an investment.  For example, this registration statement does not describe tax consequences that the Company has assumed to be generally known by investors or certain considerations that may be relevant to certain types of holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, including persons who hold its Common Stock as part of a straddle or a hedging, integrated or constructive sale transaction, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies, brokers or dealers in securities, pension plans and trusts, persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, U.S. expatriates, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, personal holding companies, persons who acquire an interest in the Company in connection with the performance of services, and financial institutions.  Such persons should consult with their own tax advisers as to the U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in the Company, which may differ substantially from those described herein.  This summary assumes that Shareholders hold its Common Stock as capital assets (within the meaning of the Code).

 

The discussion is based upon the Code, Treasury regulations, and administrative and judicial interpretations, each as of the date of this Registration Statement and all of which are subject to change, possibly retroactively, which could affect the continuing validity of this discussion.  The Company has not sought and will not seek any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) regarding any matter discussed herein.  Prospective investors should be aware that, although the Company intends to adopt positions it believes are in accord with current interpretations of the U.S. federal income tax laws, the IRS may not agree with the tax positions taken by the Company and that, if challenged by the IRS, the Company’s tax positions might not be sustained by the courts.  This summary does not discuss any aspects of U.S. estate, alternative minimum, or gift tax or foreign, state or local tax.  It also does not discuss the special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws that could result if the Company invested in tax-exempt securities or certain other investment assets.

 

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. Shareholder” generally is a beneficial owner of Common Stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

·                  a citizen or individual resident of the United States;

 

·                  a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) organized in or under the laws of the U.S. or of any political subdivision thereof;

 

·                  a trust that is subject to the supervision of a court within the U.S. and the control of one or more U.S. persons or that has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person; or

 

·                  an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source.

 

A “Non-U.S. Shareholder” is a beneficial owner of Common Stock that is not a U.S. Shareholder or a partnership for U.S. tax purposes.

 

32


Table of Contents

 

If a partnership (including an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds Common Stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership.  Any partner of a partnership holding Common Stock should consult its tax advisers with respect to the purchase, ownership and disposition of such shares.

 

Tax matters are very complicated and the tax consequences to an investor of an investment in Common Stock will depend on the facts of his, her or its particular situation.

 

Taxation as a Regulated Investment Company

 

As soon as practicable, the Company intends to elect to be treated and to qualify each year thereafter as a RIC. As a RIC, the Company generally will not have to pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that the Company distributes to its Shareholders as dividends.  To qualify as a RIC, the Company must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements (as described below).  In addition, in order to obtain RIC tax benefits, the Company must distribute to its Shareholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of the Company’s “investment company taxable income,” which is generally the Company’s ordinary income plus the excess of realized net short-term capital gains over realized net long-term capital losses (the “Annual Distribution Requirement”).

 

If the Company:

 

·                  qualifies as a RIC; and

 

·                  satisfies the Annual Distribution Requirement,

 

then the Company will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of the Company’s income it distributes (or is deemed to distribute) to Shareholders.  The Company will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the regular corporate rates on any income or capital gains not distributed (or deemed distributed) to its Shareholders.

 

The Company will be subject to a 4% nondeductible U.S. federal excise tax on certain undistributed income unless the Company distributes in a timely manner an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of the Company’s net ordinary income for each calendar year, (ii) 98.2% of the amount by which the Company’s capital gains exceed its capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for the one-year period ending October 31 in that calendar year and (iii) certain undistributed amounts from previous years on which the Company paid no U.S. federal income tax (the “Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement”).  While the Company intends to distribute any income and capital gains in order to avoid imposition of this 4% U.S. federal excise tax, the Company may not be successful in avoiding entirely the imposition of this tax. In that case, the Company will be liable for the tax only on the amount by which the Company does not meet the foregoing distribution requirement.

 

In order to qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Company must, among other things:

 

·                  qualify as a BDC under the 1940 Act at all times during each taxable year;

 

·                  derive in each taxable year at least 90% of the Company’s gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to loans of certain securities, gains from the sale of stock or other securities or foreign currencies, net income from certain “qualified publicly traded partnerships,” or other income derived with respect to the Company’s business of investing in such stock or securities (the “90% Income Test”); and

 

·                  diversify the Company’s holdings so that at the end of each quarter of the taxable year:

 

33


Table of Contents

 

·                  at least 50% of the value of the Company’s assets consists of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities if such other securities of any one issuer do not represent more than 5% of the value of the Company’s assets or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer; and

 

·                  no more than 25% of the value of the Company’s assets is invested in the (i) securities, other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer, (ii) securities of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable Code rules, by the Company and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or (iii) securities of one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (the “Diversification Tests”).

 

The Company may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which the Company does not receive cash.  For example, if the Company holds debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as debt instruments with PIK interest or, in certain cases, increasing interest rates or issued with warrants), the Company must include in income each year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by the Company in the same taxable year.  The Company may also have to include in income other amounts that it has not yet received in cash, such as PIK interest and deferred loan origination fees that are paid after origination of the loan.  Because any original issue discount or other amounts accrued will be included in the Company’s investment company taxable income for the year of accrual, the Company may be required to make a distribution to its Shareholders in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, even though the Company will not have received the corresponding cash amount.

 

Although the Company does not presently expect to do so, the Company is authorized to borrow funds, to sell assets and to make taxable distributions of the Company’s stock and debt securities in order to satisfy distribution requirements.  The Company’s ability to dispose of assets to meet its distribution requirements may be limited by (i) the illiquid nature of the Company’s portfolio and/or (ii) other requirements relating to the Company’s status as a RIC, including the Diversification Tests.  If the Company disposes of assets in order to meet the Annual Distribution Requirement or the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement, the Company may make such dispositions at times that, from an investment standpoint, are not advantageous.  If the Company is unable to obtain cash from other sources to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, the Company may fail to qualify for tax treatment as a RIC and become subject to tax as an ordinary corporation.

 

Under the 1940 Act, the Company is not permitted to make distributions to its Shareholders while its debt obligations and other senior securities are outstanding unless certain “asset coverage” tests are met.  If the Company is prohibited from making distributions, the Company may fail to qualify for tax treatment as a RIC and become subject to tax as an ordinary corporation.

 

Certain of the Company’s investment practices may be subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things: (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions; (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gain into higher taxed short-term capital gain or ordinary income; (iii) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited); (iv) cause the Company to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash; (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of securities is deemed to occur; (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions; and (vii) produce income that will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test described above.  The Company will monitor its transactions and may make certain tax decisions in order to mitigate the potential adverse effect of these provisions.

 

34


Table of Contents

 

A RIC is limited in its ability to deduct expenses in excess of its “investment company taxable income” (which is, generally, ordinary income plus the excess of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses). If the Company’s expenses in a given year exceed investment company taxable income, the Company would experience a net operating loss for that year. However, a RIC is not permitted to carry forward net operating losses to subsequent years. In addition, expenses can be used only to offset investment company taxable income, not net capital gain. Due to these limits on the deductibility of expenses, the Company may, for tax purposes, have aggregate taxable income for several years that it is required to distribute and that is taxable to its Shareholders even if such income is greater than the aggregate net income it actually earned during those years. Such required distributions may be made from the Company’s cash assets or by liquidation of investments, if necessary. The Company may realize gains or losses from such liquidations. In the event the Company realizes net capital gains from such transactions, a Shareholder may receive a larger capital gain distribution than it would have received in the absence of such transactions.

 

Investment income received from sources within foreign countries, or capital gains earned by investing in securities of foreign issuers, may be subject to foreign income taxes withheld at the source. In this regard, withholding tax rates in countries with which the United States does not have a tax treaty can be as high as 35% or more. The United States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries that may entitle us to a reduced rate of tax or exemption from tax on this related income and gains. The effective rate of foreign tax cannot be determined at this time since the amount of our assets to be invested within various countries is not now known. The Company does not anticipate being eligible for the special election that allows a RIC to treat foreign income taxes paid by such RIC as paid by its stockholders.

 

If the Company purchases shares in a “passive foreign investment company,” or PFIC, it may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by it to its Shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the Company in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains. If the Company invests in a PFIC and elects to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code, or QEF, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, it will be required to include in income each year a portion of the ordinary earnings and net capital gain of the QEF, even if such income is not distributed to it. Alternatively, the Company can elect to mark-to-market at the end of each taxable year its shares in a PFIC; in this case, it will recognize as ordinary income any increase in the value of such shares and as ordinary loss any decrease in such value to the extent the Company does not exceed prior increases included in income. Under either election, the Company may be required to recognize in a year income in excess of its distributions from PFICs and its proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock during that year, and such income will nevertheless be subject to the Annual Distribution Requirement and will be taken into account for purposes of the 4% U.S. federal excise tax. The Company intends to limit and/or manage its holdings in PFICs to minimize our liability for any taxes and related interest charges.

 

Foreign exchange gains and losses realized by the Company in connection with certain transactions involving non-dollar debt securities, certain foreign currency futures contracts, foreign currency option contracts, foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currencies, or payables or receivables denominated in a foreign currency are subject to Code provisions that generally treat such gains and losses as ordinary income and losses and may affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to its Shareholders. Any such transactions that are not directly related to its investment in securities (possibly including speculative currency positions or currency derivatives not used for hedging purposes) could, under future Treasury regulations, produce income not among the types of “qualifying income” from which a RIC must derive at least 90% of its annual gross income.

 

In accordance with certain applicable Treasury regulations and guidance published by the IRS, a RIC may treat a distribution of its own stock as fulfilling its RIC distribution requirements if each stockholder may elect to receive his or her entire distribution in either cash or stock of the RIC, subject to a limitation that the aggregate amount of cash to be distributed to all stockholders must be at least 20% of the aggregate declared distribution. If too many stockholders elect to receive cash, the cash available for distribution must be allocated among stockholders electing to receive cash (with the balance of the distribution paid in stock). In no event will any stockholder, electing to receive cash, receive less than the lesser of (a) the portion of the distribution such stockholder elected to receive in cash, or (b) an amount equal to his or her entire distribution times the percentage limitation on cash available for distribution. If these and certain other requirements are met, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the amount of the dividend paid in stock will be equal to the amount of cash that could have been received instead of stock. The Company has no current intention of paying dividends in shares of its stock in accordance with these Treasury regulations or published guidance.

 

Failure to Qualify as a RIC

 

While the Company intends to elect to be treated as a RIC as soon as practicable following its election to be a BDC, the Company anticipates that it will have difficulty satisfying the Diversification Tests as it ramps up its portfolio.  To the extent that the Company has net taxable income prior to its qualification as RIC, the Company will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such income.  The Company would not be able to deduct distributions to Shareholders, nor would they be required to be made. Distributions, including distributions of net long-term capital gain, would generally be taxable to the Company’s Shareholders as ordinary dividend income to the extent of the Company’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Subject to certain limitations under the Code, corporate Shareholders would be eligible to claim a dividend received deduction with respect to such dividend; non-corporate Shareholders would generally be able to treat such dividends as “qualified dividend income,” which is subject to reduced rates of U.S. federal income tax. Distributions in excess of the Company’s current and accumulated earnings and profits would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the Shareholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain.  In order to qualify as a RIC, in addition to the other requirements discussed above, the Company would be required to distribute all of its previously undistributed earnings and profits attributable to any period prior to the Company becoming a RIC by the end of the first year that it intends to qualify as a RIC.  To the extent that the Company has any net built-in gains in its assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if the Company had been liquidated) as of the beginning of the first year that the Company qualifies as a RIC, the Company would be subject to a corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on such built-in gains if and when recognized over the next five years.  Alternatively, the Company may choose to recognize such built-in gains immediately prior to its qualification as a RIC.

 

If the Company has previously qualified as RIC, but was subsequently unable to qualify for treatment as a RIC, and certain amelioration provisions are not applicable, the Company would be subject to tax on all of its taxable income (including its net capital gains) at regular corporate rates. The Company would not be able to deduct distributions to Shareholders, nor would they be required to be made. Distributions, including distributions of net long-term capital gain, would generally be taxable to the Company’s Shareholders as ordinary dividend income to the extent of its current and accumulated earnings and profits. Subject to certain limitations under the Code, corporate Shareholders would be eligible to claim a dividend received deduction with respect to such dividend; non-corporate Shareholders would generally be able to treat such dividends as “qualified dividend income,” which is subject to reduced rates of U.S. federal income tax. Distributions in excess of the Company’s current and accumulated earnings and profits would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the Shareholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain. In order to requalify as a RIC, in addition to the other requirements discussed above, the Company would be required to distribute all of its previously undistributed earnings attributable to the period the Company failed to qualify as a RIC by the end of the first year that it intends to requalify as a RIC.  If the Company fails to requalify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, it may be subject to regular corporate tax on any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if the Company had been liquidated) that the Company elects to recognize on requalification or when recognized over the next five years.

 

35


Table of Contents

 

The remainder of this discussion assumes that the Company qualifies as a RIC for each taxable year.

 

Taxation of U.S. Shareholders

 

Distributions by the Company generally are taxable to U.S. shareholders as ordinary income or capital gains.  Distributions of the Company’s “investment company taxable income” (which is, generally, the Company’s net ordinary income plus realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses) will be taxable as ordinary income to U.S. Shareholders to the extent of the Company’s current or accumulated earnings and profits, whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional Common Stock.  To the extent such distributions paid by the Company to Shareholders taxed at individual rates are attributable to dividends from U.S. corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations, such distributions (“Qualifying Dividends”) may be eligible for a current maximum tax rate of 20%.  In this regard, it is anticipated that distributions paid by the Company will generally not be attributable to dividends and, therefore, generally will not qualify for the 20% maximum rate applicable to Qualifying Dividends.  Distributions of the Company’s net capital gains (which are generally the Company’s realized net long-term capital gains in excess of realized net short-term capital losses) properly reported by the Company as “capital gain dividends” will be taxable to a U.S. Shareholder as long-term capital gains that are currently taxable at a maximum rate of 20% in the case of Shareholders taxed at individual rates, regardless of the U.S. shareholder’s holding period for his, her or its Common Stock and regardless of whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional Common Stock.  Distributions in excess of the Company’s earnings and profits first will reduce a U.S. Shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in such Shareholder’s Common Stock and, after the adjusted basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital gains to such U.S. Shareholder.

 

The Company may retain some or all of the Company’s realized net long-term capital gains in excess of realized net short-term capital losses, but designate the retained net capital gain as a “deemed distribution.”  In that case, among other consequences, the Company will pay tax on the retained amount, each U.S. Shareholder will be required to include his, her or its share of the deemed distribution in income as if it had been actually distributed to the U.S. Shareholder, and the U.S. Shareholder will be entitled to claim a credit equal to his, her or its allocable share of the tax paid thereon by the Company.  Because the Company expects to pay tax on any retained capital gains at the Company’s regular corporate tax rate, and because that rate is in excess of the maximum rate currently payable by U.S. Shareholders taxed at individual rates on long-term capital gains, the amount of tax that individual U.S. Shareholders will be treated as having paid will exceed the tax they owe on the capital gain distribution and such excess generally may be refunded or claimed as a credit against the U.S. Shareholder’s other U.S. federal income tax obligations.  The amount of the deemed distribution net of such tax will be added to the U.S. Shareholder’s cost basis for his, her or its Common Stock.  In order to utilize the deemed distribution approach, the Company must provide written notice to its Shareholders prior to the expiration of 60 days after the close of the relevant taxable year.

 

36


Table of Contents

 

For purposes of determining (i) whether the Annual Distribution Requirement is satisfied for any year and (ii) the amount of capital gain dividends paid for that year, the Company may, under certain circumstances, elect to treat a dividend that is paid during the following taxable year as if it had been paid during the taxable year in question.  If the Company makes such an election, the U.S. Shareholder will still be treated as receiving the dividend in the taxable year in which the distribution is made.  However, any dividend declared by the Company in October, November or December of any calendar year, payable to Shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month and actually paid during January of the following year, will be treated as if it had been received by the Company’s U.S. Shareholders on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.

 

With respect to the reinvestment of dividends, if a U.S. Shareholder owns shares of Common Stock registered in its own name, the U.S. Shareholder will have all cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares of Common Stock unless the U.S. Shareholder opts out of the reinvestment of dividends by delivering a written notice to the Company’s dividend paying agent prior to the record date of the next dividend or distribution.  Any distributions reinvested will nevertheless remain taxable to the U.S. Shareholder. The U.S. Shareholder will have an adjusted basis in the additional shares of Common Stock purchased through the reinvestment equal to the amount of the reinvested distribution. The additional shares will have a new holding period commencing on the day following the day on which the shares are credited to the U.S. Shareholder’s account.

 

If an investor purchases shares of Common Stock shortly before the record date of a distribution, the price of the shares will include the value of the distribution. However, the Shareholder will be taxed on the distribution as described above, despite the fact that, economically, it may represent a return of his, her or its investment.

 

A U.S. Shareholder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss if the U.S. Shareholder sells or otherwise disposes of his, her or its shares of Common Stock.  The amount of gain or loss will be measured by the difference between such U.S. Shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in Common Stock sold and the amount of the proceeds received in exchange.  Any gain arising from such sale or disposition generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Shareholder has held his, her or its shares for more than one year.  Otherwise, it will be classified as short-term capital gain or loss.  However, any capital loss arising from the sale or disposition of shares of Common Stock held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of capital gain dividends received, or undistributed capital gain deemed received, with respect to such shares.  In addition, all or a portion of any loss recognized upon a disposition of shares of Common Stock may be disallowed if other shares of Common Stock are purchased (whether through reinvestment of distributions or otherwise) within 30 days before or after the disposition.

 

In general, U.S. Shareholders taxed at individual rates currently are subject to a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 20% on their recognized net capital gain (i.e., the excess of recognized net long-term capital gains over recognized net short-term capital losses, subject to certain adjustments), including any long-term capital gain derived from an investment in the Company’s shares.  Such rate is lower than the maximum rate on ordinary income currently payable by such U.S. Shareholders.  In addition, individuals with modified adjusted gross income in excess of $200,000 ($250,000 in the case of married individuals filing jointly) and certain estates and trusts are subject to an additional 3.8% tax on their “net investment income,” which generally includes gross income from interest, dividends, annuities, royalties, and rents, and net capital gains (other than certain amounts earned from trades or businesses), reduced by certain deductions allocable to such income.  Corporate U.S. shareholders currently are subject to U.S. federal income tax on net capital gain at the maximum 35% rate also applied to ordinary income.  Non-corporate U.S. Shareholders with net capital losses for a year (i.e., capital losses in excess of capital gains) generally may deduct up to $3,000 of such losses against their ordinary income each year.  Any net capital losses of a non-corporate U.S. Shareholder in excess of $3,000 generally may be carried forward and used in subsequent years as provided in the Code.  Corporate U.S. Shareholders generally may not deduct any net capital losses for a year, but may carry back such losses for three years or carry forward such losses for five years.

 

37


Table of Contents

 

Under applicable Treasury regulations, if a U.S. Shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to shares of $2 million or more for a non-corporate U.S. Shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate U.S. Shareholder in any single taxable year (or a greater loss over a combination of years), the U.S. Shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct U.S. Shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, U.S. Shareholders of a RIC are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to U.S. Shareholders of most or all RICs. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. U.S. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisers to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

 

The Company (or the applicable withholding agent) will send to each of its U.S. Shareholders, as promptly as possible after the end of each calendar year, a notice reporting the amounts includible in such U.S. Shareholder’s taxable income for such year as ordinary income and as long-term capital gain.  In addition, the federal tax status of each year’s distributions generally will be reported to the IRS (including the amount of dividends, if any, eligible for the 20% maximum rate).  Dividends paid by the Company generally will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction or the preferential tax rate applicable to Qualifying Dividends because the Company’s income generally will not consist of dividends.  Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on a U.S. Shareholder’s particular situation.

 

The Company may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax (“backup withholding”) from all distributions to certain U.S. Shareholders (i) who fail to furnish the Company with a correct taxpayer identification number or a certificate that such Shareholder is exempt from backup withholding or (ii) with respect to whom the IRS notifies the Company that such Shareholder furnished an incorrect taxpayer identification number or failed to properly report certain interest and dividend income to the IRS and to respond to notices to that effect.  An individual’s taxpayer identification number is his or her social security number.  Any amount withheld under backup withholding is allowed as a credit against the U.S. Shareholder’s federal income tax liability, provided that proper information is provided to the IRS.

 

For any period that the company does not qualify as a “publicly offered regulated investment company,” as defined in the Code, Shareholders will be taxed as though they received a distribution of some of the Company’s expenses.  A “publicly offered regulated investment company” is a RIC whose shares are either (i) continuously offered pursuant to a public offering, (ii) regularly traded on an established securities market or (iii) held by at least 500 persons at all times during the taxable year. The Company anticipates that it will not qualify as a publicly offered RIC immediately after the Private Offering; the Company may qualify as a publicly offered RIC for future taxable years. If the Company is not a publicly offered RIC for any period, a non-corporate Shareholder’s allocable portion of the Company’s affected expenses, including its management fees, will be treated as an additional distribution to the Shareholder and will be deductible by such Shareholder only to the extent permitted under the limitations described below. For non-corporate Shareholders, including individuals, trusts, and estates, significant limitations generally apply to the deductibility of certain expenses of a non-publicly offered RIC, including advisory fees.

 

38


Table of Contents

 

A U.S. Shareholder that is a tax-exempt organization for U.S. federal income tax purposes and therefore generally exempt from U.S. federal income taxation may nevertheless be subject to taxation to the extent that it is considered to derive unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”). The direct conduct by a tax-exempt U.S. Shareholder of the activities the Company proposes to conduct could give rise to UBTI. However, a BDC is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and its business activities generally will not be attributed to its Shareholders for purposes of determining their treatment under current law. Therefore, a tax-exempt U.S. Shareholder generally should not be subject to U.S. taxation solely as a result of the Shareholder’s ownership of Common Stock and receipt of dividends with respect to such Common Stock. Moreover, under current law, if the Company incurs indebtedness, such indebtedness will not be attributed to a tax-exempt U.S. Shareholder. Therefore, a tax-exempt U.S. Shareholder should not be treated as earning income from “debt-financed property” and dividends the Company pays should not be treated as “unrelated debt-financed income” solely as a result of indebtedness that the Company incurs. Legislation has been introduced in Congress in the past, and may be introduced again in the future, which would change the treatment of “blocker” investment vehicles interposed between tax-exempt investors and non-qualifying investments if enacted. In the event that any such proposals were to be adopted and applied to BDCs, the treatment of dividends payable to tax-exempt investors could be adversely affected.   In addition, special rules would apply if the Company were to invest in certain real estate mortgage investment conduits, which the Company does not currently plan to do, that could result in a tax-exempt U.S. Shareholder recognizing income that would be treated as UBTI.

 

Taxation of Non-U.S. Shareholders

 

The following discussion only applies to certain Non-U.S. Shareholders. Whether an investment in the shares is appropriate for a Non-U.S. Shareholder will depend upon that person’s particular circumstances.  An investment in the shares by a Non-U.S. Shareholder may have adverse tax consequences.  Non-U.S. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers before investing in Common Stock.  The following discussion does not apply to Non-U.S. Stockholders that are engaged in a U.S. trade or business or hold their shares in connection with a U.S. trade or business.  Such Non-U.S. Stockholders should consult their tax advisers to determine the consequences to them of investing in Common Stock.

 

Distributions of the Company’s “investment company taxable income” to Non-U.S. Shareholders (including interest income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized long-term capital losses, which generally would be free of withholding if paid to Non-U.S. Shareholders directly) will be subject to withholding of federal tax at a 30% rate (or lower rate provided by an applicable treaty) to the extent of the Company’s current and accumulated earnings and profits unless an applicable exception applies.  No withholding is required with respect to certain distributions if (i) the distributions are properly reported as “interest-related dividends” or “short-term capital gain dividends,” (ii) the distributions are derived from sources specified in the Code for such dividends and (iii) certain other requirements are satisfied.  No assurance can be provided as to whether any of the Company’s distributions will be reported as eligible for this exemption. (Special certification requirements apply to a Non-U.S. Shareholder that is a foreign partnership or a foreign trust, and such entities are urged to consult their own tax advisers.)

 

Actual or deemed distributions of the Company’s net capital gains to a Non-U.S. Shareholder, and gains realized by a Non-U.S. Shareholder upon the sale of Common Stock, will generally not be subject to federal withholding tax and generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless the distributions or gains, as the case may be, are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. Shareholder.

 

39


Table of Contents

 

Under the Company’s reinvestment of dividends policy, if a Non-U.S. Shareholder owns shares of Common Stock registered in its own name, the Non-U.S. Shareholder will have all cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares of Common Stock unless it opts out of the reinvestment of dividends by delivering a written notice to the Company’s dividend paying agent prior to the record date of the next dividend or distribution. See “Reinvestment of Dividends.” If the distribution is a distribution of the Company’s investment company taxable income, is not designated by the Company as a short-term capital gains dividend or interest-related dividend and it is not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. Shareholder (or, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is not attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the Non-U.S. Shareholder), the amount distributed (to the extent of  the Company’s current or accumulated earnings and profits) will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate (or lower rate provided by an applicable treaty) and only the net after-tax amount will be reinvested in Common Stock. The Non-U.S. Shareholder will have an adjusted basis in the additional common shares purchased through the reinvestment equal to the amount reinvested. The additional shares will have a new holding period commencing on the day following the day on which the shares are credited to the Non-U.S. Shareholder’s account.

 

The tax consequences to Non-U.S. Shareholders entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty or that are individuals that are present in the U.S. for 183 days or more during a taxable year may be different from those described herein.  Non-U.S. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisers with respect to the procedure for claiming the benefit of a lower treaty rate and the applicability of foreign taxes.

 

If the Company distributes the Company’s net capital gains in the form of deemed rather than actual distributions, a Non-U.S. Shareholder will be entitled to a U.S. federal income tax credit or tax refund equal to the Shareholder’s allocable share of the tax the Company pays on the capital gains deemed to have been distributed.  In order to obtain the refund, the Non-U.S. Shareholder must obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number and file a refund claim even if the Non-U.S. Shareholder would not otherwise be required to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number or file a U.S. federal income tax return.

 

The Company must generally report to its Non-U.S. Shareholders and the IRS the amount of dividends paid during each calendar year and the amount of any tax withheld. Information reporting requirements may apply even if no withholding was required because the distributions were effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Shareholder’s conduct of a United States trade or business or withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the Non-U.S. Shareholder resides or is established. Under U.S. federal income tax law, interest, dividends and other reportable payments may, under certain circumstances, be subject to “backup withholding” at the then applicable rate (currently 24%). Backup withholding, however, generally will not apply to distributions to a Non-U.S. Shareholder of Common Stock, provided the Non-U.S. Shareholder furnishes to the Company the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, or certain other requirements are met. Backup withholding is not an additional tax but can be credited against a Non-U.S. Shareholder’s federal income tax, and may be refunded to the extent it results in an overpayment of tax and the appropriate information is timely supplied to the IRS.

 

40


Table of Contents

 

Legislation commonly referred to as the “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act,” or “FATCA,” generally imposes a 30% withholding tax on payments of certain types of income to foreign financial institutions (“FFIs”) unless such FFIs either (i) enter into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury to report certain required information with respect to accounts held by U.S. persons (or held by foreign entities that have U.S. persons as substantial owners) or (ii) reside in a jurisdiction that has entered into an intergovernmental agreement (“IGA”) with the United States to collect and share such information and are in compliance with the terms of such IGA and any enabling legislation or regulations.  The types of income subject to the tax include U.S. source interest and dividends. The information required to be reported includes the identity and taxpayer identification number of each account holder that is a U.S. person and certain transaction activity within the holder’s account.  In addition, subject to certain exceptions, this legislation also imposes a 30% withholding on payments to foreign entities that are not financial institutions unless the foreign entity certifies that it does not have a greater than 10% U.S. owner or provides the withholding agent with identifying information on each greater than 10% U.S. owner.  Depending on the status of a Non-U.S. Shareholder and the status of the intermediaries through which they hold their shares, Non-U.S. Shareholders could be subject to this 30% withholding tax with respect to distributions on their shares and proceeds from the sale of their shares.  Under certain circumstances, a Non-U.S. Shareholder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes.

 

Non-U.S. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisers with respect to the U.S. federal income tax and withholding tax, and state, local and foreign tax consequences of an investment in the shares.

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

 

Investments in the Company involve a high degree of risk. There can be no assurance that our investment objectives will be achieved, or that a Shareholder will receive a return of its capital. In addition, there will be occasions when the Adviser and its affiliates may encounter potential conflicts of interest in connection with the Company. The following considerations should be carefully evaluated before making an investment in our Common Stock. If any of those risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected, and Shareholders may lose all or part of their investment.

 

Risks Related to the Company’s Business and Structure

 

We have no operating history.

 

We are a new entity with no operating history and we have no financial information on which a prospective investor can evaluate an investment in us or our prior performance. As a result, we are subject to all of the business risks and uncertainties associated with recently formed businesses, including the risk that we will not achieve our investment objective and the value of a Shareholder’s investment could decline substantially or become worthless. While we believe that the past professional experiences, including investment and financial experience of the Investment Team will increase the likelihood that the Adviser will be able to manage us successfully, there can be no assurance that this will be the case.

 

The lack of liquidity in our investments may adversely affect our business.

 

We may acquire a significant percentage of our portfolio company investments from privately held companies in directly negotiated transactions. Substantially all of these investments are subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or are otherwise less liquid than exchange-listed securities or other securities for which there is an active trading market. We typically would be unable to exit these investments unless and until the portfolio company has a liquidity event such as a sale, refinancing, or initial public offering.

 

The illiquidity of our investments may make it difficult or impossible for us to sell such investments if the need arises. In addition, if we are required to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we have previously recorded our investments, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Moreover, investments purchased by us that are liquid at the time of purchase may subsequently become illiquid due to events relating to the issuer, market events, economic conditions or investor perceptions.

 

41


Table of Contents

 

Defaults under a credit facility may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

In the event we default under a credit facility or other borrowings, our business could be adversely affected as we may be forced to sell a portion of our investments quickly and prematurely at what may be disadvantageous prices to us in order to meet our outstanding payment obligations and/or support working capital requirements under the terms of such borrowing facility, any of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. An event of default under the terms of a credit facility could result in an accelerated maturity date for all amounts outstanding thereunder, and in some instances, lead to a cross-default under other borrowings. This could reduce our liquidity and cash flow and impair our ability to grow our business. As part of certain credit facilities, the right to make capital calls of Shareholders may be pledged as collateral to the lender, which will be able to call for capital contributions upon the occurrence of an event of default under such credit facility. To the extent such an event of default does occur, Shareholders could therefore be required to fund any shortfall up to their remaining Capital Commitments, without regard to the underlying value of their investment.

 

Provisions in a credit facility may limit discretion in operating our business.

 

Any security interests and/or negative covenants required by a credit facility we enter into or notes we issue may limit our ability to create liens on assets to secure additional debt and may make it difficult for us to restructure or refinance indebtedness at or prior to maturity or obtain additional debt or equity financing. A credit facility may be backed by all or a portion of our loans and securities on which the lenders will have a security interest. We may pledge up to 100% of our assets and may grant a security interest in all of our assets under the terms of any debt instrument we enter into with lenders. We expect that any security interests we grant will be set forth in a pledge and security agreement and evidenced by the filing of financing statements by the agent for the lenders. In addition, we expect that the custodian for our securities serving as collateral for such loan would include in its electronic systems notices indicating the existence of such security interests and, following notice of occurrence of an event of default, if any, and during its continuance, will only accept transfer instructions with respect to any such securities from the lender or its designee. If we were to default under the terms of any debt instrument, the agent for the applicable lenders would be able to assume control of the timing of disposition of any or all of our assets securing such debt, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

In addition, any security interests and/or negative covenants required by a credit facility may limit our ability to create liens on assets to secure additional debt and may make it difficult for us to restructure or refinance indebtedness at or prior to maturity or obtain additional debt or equity financing. In addition, if our borrowing base under a credit facility were to decrease, we may be required to secure additional assets in an amount sufficient to cure any borrowing base deficiency. In the event that all of our assets are secured at the time of such a borrowing base deficiency, we could be required to repay advances under a credit facility or make deposits to a collection account, either of which could have a material adverse impact on our ability to fund future investments and to make distributions.

 

42


Table of Contents

 

In addition, we may be subject to limitations as to how borrowed funds may be used, which may include restrictions on geographic and industry concentrations, loan size, payment frequency and status, average life, collateral interests and investment ratings, as well as regulatory restrictions on leverage which may affect the amount of funding that may be obtained. There may also be certain requirements relating to portfolio performance, including required minimum portfolio yield and limitations on delinquencies and charge-offs, a violation of which could limit further advances and, in some cases, result in an event of default. An event of default under a credit facility could result in an accelerated maturity date for all amounts outstanding thereunder, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition and could lead to cross defaults under other credit facilities. This could reduce our liquidity and cash flow and impair our ability to manage our business.

 

We may borrow money, which may magnify the potential for gain or loss and may increase the risk of investing in us.

 

As part of our business strategy, we may borrow from and issue senior debt securities to banks, insurance companies and other lenders or investors. Holders of these senior securities will have fixed-dollar claims on our assets that are superior to the claims of our Shareholders. If the value of our assets decreases, leverage would cause our net asset value to decline more sharply than it otherwise would have if we did not employ leverage. Similarly, any decrease in our income would cause net income to decline more sharply than it would have had we not borrowed. Such a decline could negatively affect our ability to make Common Stock dividend payments.

 

Our ability to service any borrowings that we incur will depend largely on our financial performance and will be subject to prevailing economic conditions and competitive pressures. Moreover, the management fee will be payable based on our average gross assets excluding cash and cash equivalents but including assets purchased with borrowed amounts, which may give the Adviser an incentive to use leverage to make additional investments. See “— Our fee structure may create incentives for the Adviser to make speculative investments or use substantial leverage.” The amount of leverage that we employ will depend on the Adviser’s and the Board’s assessment of market and other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain credit at all or on terms acceptable to us, which could affect our return on capital.

 

In addition to having fixed-dollar claims on our assets that are superior to the claims of our Shareholders, obligations to lenders may be secured by a first priority security interest in our portfolio of investments and cash.

 

Price declines in the corporate leveraged loan market may adversely affect the fair value of our portfolio, reducing our net asset value through increased net unrealized depreciation and the incurrence of realized losses.

 

Conditions in the U.S. corporate debt market may experience disruption or deterioration in the future, which may cause pricing levels to decline or be volatile. As a result, our net asset value could decline through an increase in unrealized depreciation and incurrence of realized losses in connection with the sale or other disposition of our investments, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

To the extent that we borrow money, the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested in us will be magnified and may increase the risk of investing in us. Borrowed money may also adversely affect the return on our assets, reduce cash available to service our debt or for distribution to our shareholders, and result in losses.

 

The use of borrowings, also known as leverage, increases the volatility of investments by magnifying the potential for gain or loss on invested equity capital. To the extent that we use leverage to partially finance our investments through borrowing from banks and other lenders, you will experience increased risks of investing in our securities. If the value of our assets decreases, leverage would cause our net asset value to decline more sharply than it otherwise would if we had not borrowed and employed leverage. Similarly, any decrease in our income would cause net income to decline more sharply than it would have if we had not borrowed and employed leverage. Such a decline could negatively affect our ability to service our debt or make distributions to our shareholders. In addition, our shareholders will bear the burden of any increase in our expenses as a result of our use of leverage, including interest expenses and any increase in the base management or incentive fee payable to the Adviser attributable to the increase in assets purchased using leverage.

 

43


Table of Contents

 

The amount of leverage that we employ will depend on the Adviser’s and the Board’s assessment of market and other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing. There can be no assurance that leveraged financing will be available to us on favorable terms or at all. However, to the extent that we use leverage to finance our assets, our financing costs will reduce cash available for distributions to shareholders. Moreover, we may not be able to meet our financing obligations and, to the extent that we cannot, we risk the loss of some or all of our assets to liquidation or sale to satisfy the obligations. In such an event, we may be forced to sell assets at significantly depressed prices due to market conditions or otherwise, which may result in losses.

 

As a business development company, generally, the ratio of our total assets (less total liabilities other than indebtedness represented by senior securities) to our total indebtedness represented by senior securities plus any preferred stock, if any, must be at least 200%; however, legislation enacted in March 2018 has modified the 1940 Act by allowing a BDC to increase the maximum amount of leverage it may incur from an asset coverage ratio of 200% to an asset coverage ratio of 150%, if certain requirements are met. This means that generally, we can borrow up to $1 for every $1 of investor equity (or, if certain conditions are met, we can borrow up to $2 for every $1 of investor equity). We expect that the Adviser, as our sole initial shareholder, will approve a proposal that allows us to reduce our asset coverage ratio to 150% and, in connection with their subscription agreements, our investors are required to acknowledge our ability to operate with an asset coverage ratio that may be as low as 150%. For additional information about the asset coverage requirements, see “Regulation — Senior Securities”. If this ratio declines below 150%, we cannot incur additional debt and could be required to sell a portion of our investments to repay some indebtedness when it may be disadvantageous to do so. This could have a material adverse effect on our operations, and we may not be able to service our debt or make distributions.

 

Political, social and economic uncertainty, including uncertainty related to the COVID-19 pandemic, creates and exacerbates risks.

 

Social, political, economic and other conditions and events (such as natural disasters, epidemics and pandemics, terrorism, conflicts and social unrest) will occur that create uncertainty and have significant impacts on issuers, industries, governments and other systems, including the financial markets, to which companies and their investments are exposed. As global systems, economies and financial markets are increasingly interconnected, events that once had only local impact are now more likely to have regional or even global effects. Events that occur in one country, region or financial market will, more frequently, adversely impact issuers in other countries, regions or markets, including in established markets such as the U.S. These impacts can be exacerbated by failures of governments and societies to adequately respond to an emerging event or threat.

 

Uncertainty can result in or coincide with, among other things: increased volatility in the financial markets for securities, derivatives, loans, credit and currency; a decrease in the reliability of market prices and difficulty in valuing assets (including portfolio company assets); greater fluctuations in spreads on debt investments and currency exchange rates; increased risk of default (by both government and private obligors and issuers); further social, economic, and political instability; nationalization of private enterprise; greater governmental involvement in the economy or in social factors that impact the economy; changes to governmental regulation and supervision of the loan, securities, derivatives and currency markets and market participants and decreased or revised monitoring of such markets by governments or self-regulatory organizations and reduced enforcement of regulations; limitations on the activities of investors in such markets; controls or restrictions on foreign investment, capital controls and limitations on repatriation of invested capital; the significant loss of liquidity and the inability to purchase, sell and otherwise fund investments or settle transactions (including, but not limited to, a market freeze); unavailability of currency hedging techniques; substantial, and in some periods extremely high, rates of inflation, which can last many years and have substantial negative effects on credit and securities markets as well as the economy as a whole; recessions; and difficulties in obtaining and/or enforcing legal judgments.

 

For example, in December 2019, COVID-19 emerged in China and has since spread rapidly to other countries, including the United States. This outbreak has led and for an unknown period of time will continue to lead to disruptions in local, regional, national and global markets and economies affected thereby. With respect to the U.S. credit markets (in particular for middle market loans), this outbreak has resulted in, and until fully resolved is likely to continue to result in, the following among other things: (i) government imposition of various forms of shelter in place orders and the closing of “non-essential” businesses, resulting in significant disruption to the businesses of many middle-market loan borrowers including supply chains, demand and practical aspects of their operations, as well as in lay-offs of employees, and, while these effects are hoped to be temporary, some effects could be persistent or even permanent; (ii) increased draws by borrowers on revolving lines of credit; (iii) increased requests by borrowers for amendments and waivers of their credit agreements to avoid default, increased defaults by such borrowers and/or increased difficulty in obtaining refinancing at the maturity dates of their loans; (iv) volatility and disruption of these markets including greater volatility in pricing and spreads and difficulty in valuing loans during periods of increased volatility, and liquidity issues; and (v) rapidly evolving proposals and/or actions by state and federal governments to address problems being experienced by the markets and by businesses and the economy in general which will not necessarily adequately address the problems facing the loan market and middle market businesses. This outbreak is having, and any future outbreaks could have, an adverse impact on the markets and the economy in general, which could have a material adverse impact on, among other things, the ability of lenders to originate loans, the volume and type of loans originated, and the volume and type of amendments and waivers granted to borrowers and remedial actions taken in the event of a borrower default, each of which could negatively impact the amount and quality of loans available for investment by us and returns to us, among other things. As of the date of this  Registration Statement, it is impossible to determine the scope of this outbreak, or any future outbreaks, how long any such outbreak, market disruption or uncertainties may last, the effect any governmental actions will have or the full potential impact on us and our portfolio companies.

 

44


Table of Contents

 

Although it is impossible to predict the precise nature and consequences of these events, or of any political or policy decisions and regulatory changes occasioned by emerging events or uncertainty on applicable laws or regulations that impact us, our portfolio companies and our investments, it is clear that these types of events are impacting and will, for at least some time, continue to impact us and our portfolio companies and, in many instances, the impact will be adverse and profound. For example, middle market companies in which we may invest are being significantly impacted by these emerging events and the uncertainty caused by these events. The effects of a public health emergency may materially and adversely impact (i) the value and performance of us and our portfolio companies, (ii) the ability of our borrowers to continue to meet loan covenants or repay loans provided by us on a timely basis or at all, which may require us to restructure our investments or write down the value of our investments, (iii) our ability to repay debt obligations, on a timely basis or at all, or (iv) our ability to source, manage and divest investments and achieve our investment objectives, all of which could result in significant losses to us.

 

If the economy is unable to substantially reopen, and high levels of unemployment continue for an extended period of time, loan delinquencies, loan non-accruals, problem assets, and bankruptcies may increase. In addition, collateral for our loans may decline in value, which could cause loan losses to increase and the net worth and liquidity of loan guarantors could decline, impairing their ability to honor commitments to us. An increase in loan delinquencies and non-accruals or a decrease in loan collateral and guarantor net worth could result in increased costs and reduced income which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations

 

We will also be negatively affected if the operations and effectiveness of us or a portfolio company (or any of the key personnel or service providers of the foregoing) is compromised or if necessary or beneficial systems and processes are disrupted.

 

The COVID-19 pandemic has caused severe disruptions in the U.S. economy and has disrupted financial activity in the areas in which we or our portfolio companies operate.

 

The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in numerous deaths, adversely impacted global commercial activity and contributed to significant volatility in certain equity and debt markets. The global impact of the outbreak is rapidly evolving, and many countries have reacted by instituting quarantines, prohibitions on travel and the closure of offices, businesses, schools, retail stores and other public venues. Businesses are also implementing similar precautionary measures. Such measures, as well as the general uncertainty surrounding the dangers and impact of COVID-19, have created significant disruption in supply chains and economic activity and are having a particularly adverse impact on transportation, hospitality, tourism, entertainment and other industries, including industries in which certain of our portfolio companies operate. The impact of COVID-19 has led to significant volatility and declines in the global public equity markets and it is uncertain how long this volatility will continue. As COVID-19 continues to spread, the potential impacts, including a global, regional or other economic recession, are increasingly uncertain and difficult to assess.  Some economists and major investment banks have expressed concern that the continued spread of the virus globally could lead to a world-wide economic downturn.

 

Disruptions in the capital markets caused by the COVID-19 pandemic have increased the spread between the yields realized on risk-free and higher risk securities, resulting in illiquidity in parts of the capital markets. These and future market disruptions and/or illiquidity would be expected to have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Unfavorable economic conditions also would be expected to increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. These events could limit our investment originations, limit our ability to grow and have a material negative impact on our and our portfolio companies’ operating results and the fair values of our debt and equity investments.

 

Any public health emergency, including the COVID-19 pandemic or any outbreak of other existing or new epidemic diseases, or the threat thereof, and the resulting financial and economic market uncertainty could have a significant adverse impact on us and the fair value of our investments and our portfolio companies.

 

The extent of the impact of any public health emergency, including the COVID-19 pandemic, on our and our portfolio companies’ operational and financial performance will depend on many factors, including the duration and scope of such public health emergency, the actions taken by governmental authorities to contain its financial and economic impact, the extent of any related travel advisories and restrictions implemented, the impact of such public health emergency on overall supply and demand, goods and services, investor liquidity, consumer confidence and levels of economic activity and the extent of its disruption to important global, regional and local supply chains and economic markets, all of which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted. In addition, our and our portfolio companies’ operations may be significantly impacted, or even temporarily or permanently halted, as a result of government quarantine measures, voluntary and precautionary restrictions on travel or meetings and other factors related to a public health emergency, including its potential adverse impact on the health of any of our or our portfolio companies’ personnel. This could create widespread business continuity issues for us and our portfolio companies.

 

These factors may also cause the valuation of our investments to differ materially from the values that we may ultimately realize. Our valuations, and particularly valuations of private investments and private companies, are inherently uncertain, may fluctuate over short periods of time and are often based on estimates, comparisons and qualitative evaluations of private information. As a result, our valuations may not show the completed or continuing impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and the resulting measures taken in response thereto. Any public health emergency, including the COVID-19 pandemic or any outbreak of other existing or new epidemic diseases, or the threat thereof, and the resulting financial and economic market uncertainty could have a significant adverse impact on us and the fair value of our investments and our portfolio companies.

 

45


Table of Contents

 

The capital markets are currently in a period of disruption and economic uncertainty. Such market conditions have materially and adversely affected debt and equity capital markets, which have had, and may continue to have, a negative impact on our business and operations.

 

The U.S. capital markets have experienced extreme volatility and disruption following the global outbreak of COVID-19 that began in December 2019, as evidenced by the volatility in global stock markets as a result of, among other things, uncertainty surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic and the fluctuating price of commodities such as oil. Despite actions of the U.S. federal government and foreign governments, these events have contributed to worsening general economic conditions that are materially and adversely impacting the broader financial and credit markets and reducing the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole. These conditions could continue for a prolonged period of time or worsen in the future.

 

Given the ongoing and dynamic nature of the circumstances, it is difficult to predict the full impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business. The extent of such impact will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain, including when the coronavirus can be controlled and abated and when and how the economy may be reopened. As the result of the COVID-19 pandemic and the related adverse local and national economic consequences, we could be subject to any of the following risks, any of which could have a material, adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity, and results of operations:

 

·                   Significant changes or volatility in the capital markets may have a negative effect on the valuations of our investments. To the extent our investments are not publicly traded, applicable accounting standards require us to assume as part of our valuation process that our investments are sold in a principal market to market participants (even if we plan on holding an investment through its maturity).

 

·                   Significant changes in the capital markets, such as the recent disruption in economic activity caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, could adversely affect, the pace of our investment activity and economic activity generally. Additionally, the recent disruption in economic activity caused by the COVID-19 pandemic could have a negative effect on the potential for liquidity events involving our investments. To the extent our investments are illiquid, it may be difficult for us to sell such investments to access capital if required, and as a result, we could realize significantly less than the value at which we have recorded our investments if we were required to sell them for liquidity purposes. An inability to raise or access capital, and any required sale of all or a portion of our investments as a result, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

The current period of capital markets disruption and economic uncertainty may make it difficult to obtain indebtedness and any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Current market conditions may make it difficult to extend obtain indebtedness on favorable terms and any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business. The debt capital that will be available to us in the future, if at all, may be at a higher cost and on less favorable terms and conditions than what we would otherwise expect, including being at a higher cost in rising rate environments. If we are unable to raise debt, then our equity investors may not benefit from the potential for increased returns on equity resulting from leverage and we may be limited in our ability to make or fund commitments to our portfolio companies. An inability to extend obtain indebtedness could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Global economic, political and market conditions may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations, including our revenue growth and profitability.

 

The current worldwide financial markets situation, as well as various social and political tensions in the United States and around the world (including wars and other forms of conflict, terrorist acts, security operations and catastrophic events such as fires, floods, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes and global health epidemics), may contribute to increased market volatility, may have long term effects on the United States and worldwide financial markets, and may cause economic uncertainties or deterioration in the United States and worldwide. For example, the recent outbreak of COVID-19 (also known as the Coronavirus), in many countries continues to adversely impact global commercial activity and has contributed to significant volatility in financial markets. The outbreak of COVID-19 may have a material adverse impact on the ability of our portfolio companies to fulfill their end customers' orders due to supply chain delays, limited access to key commodities or technologies or other events that impact their manufacturers or their suppliers. We monitor developments and seek to manage our investments in a manner consistent with achieving our investment objective, but there can be no assurance that we will be successful in doing so. See “—Political, social and economic uncertainty, including uncertainty related to the COVID-19 pandemic, creates and exacerbates risks.”

 

Terrorist attacks, acts of war, global health emergencies or natural disasters may impact the businesses in which we invest and harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

Terrorist acts, acts of war, global health emergencies or natural disasters may disrupt our operations, as well as the operations of the businesses in which we invest. Such acts have created, and continue to create, economic and political uncertainties and have contributed to global economic instability. Future terrorist activities, military or security operations, global health emergencies or natural disasters could further weaken the domestic/global economies and create additional uncertainties, which may negatively impact the businesses in which we invest directly or indirectly and, in turn, could have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results and financial condition. Losses from terrorist attacks, global health emergencies and natural disasters are generally uninsurable.

 

46


Table of Contents

 

Economic recessions or downturns could impair our portfolio companies and harm our operating results.

 

Our portfolio companies may be susceptible to economic slowdowns or recessions and may be unable to repay our debt investments during these periods. The recent global outbreak of COVID-19 has disrupted economic markets, and the prolonged economic impact is uncertain. Some economists and major investment banks have expressed concern that the continued spread of the virus globally could lead to a world-wide economic downturn. Many manufacturers of goods in China and other countries in Asia have seen a downturn in production due to the suspension of business and temporary closure of factories in an attempt to curb the spread of the illness. As the impact of COVID-19 spreads to other parts of the world, similar impacts may occur with respect to affected countries. In the past, instability in the global capital markets resulted in disruptions in liquidity in the debt capital markets, significant write-offs in the financial services sector, the re-pricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated credit market and the failure of major domestic and international financial institutions. In particular, in past periods of instability, the financial services sector was negatively impacted by significant write-offs as the value of the assets held by financial firms declined, impairing their capital positions and abilities to lend and invest. In addition, continued uncertainty surrounding the negotiation of trade deals between Britain and the European Union following the United Kingdom’s exit from the European Union and uncertainty between the United States and other countries, including China, with respect to trade policies, treaties, and tariffs, among other factors, have caused disruption in the global markets. There can be no assurance that market conditions will not worsen in the future.

 

In an economic downturn, we may have non-performing assets or non-performing assets may increase, and the value of our portfolio is likely to decrease during these periods. Adverse economic conditions may also decrease the value of any collateral securing our loans. A severe recession may further decrease the value of such collateral and result in losses of value in our portfolio and a decrease in our revenues, net income, assets and net worth. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us on terms we deem acceptable. These events could prevent us from increasing investments and harm our operating results.

 

The occurrence of recessionary conditions and/or negative developments in the domestic and international credit markets may significantly affect the markets in which we do business, the value of our investments, and our ongoing operations, costs and profitability. Any such unfavorable economic conditions, including rising interest rates, may also increase our funding costs, limit our access to capital markets or negatively impact our ability to obtain financing, particularly from the debt markets. In addition, any future financial market uncertainty could lead to financial market disruptions and could further impact our ability to obtain financing. These events could limit our investment originations, limit our ability to grow and negatively impact our operating results and financial condition.

 

Our ability to achieve our investment objective depends on the Adviser’s ability to manage and support our investment process. If the Adviser were to lose a significant number of its key professionals, or terminate the Investment Advisory Agreement, our ability to achieve our investment objective could be significantly harmed.

 

We do not have any employees. Additionally, we have no internal management capacity other than our appointed executive officers and will be dependent upon the investment expertise, skill and network of business contacts of the Adviser to achieve our investment objective. The Adviser will evaluate, negotiate, structure, execute, monitor, and service our investments. Our success will depend to a significant extent on the continued service and coordination of the Adviser, including its key professionals. The departure of a significant number of key professionals from the Adviser could have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve our investment objective.

 

47


Table of Contents

 

Our ability to achieve our investment objective will also depend on the ability of the Adviser to identify, analyze, invest in, finance, and monitor companies that meet our investment criteria. The Adviser’s capabilities in structuring the investment process and providing competent, attentive and efficient services to us depend on the involvement of investment professionals of adequate number and sophistication to match the corresponding flow of transactions. To achieve our investment objective, the Adviser may need to retain, hire, train, supervise, and manage new investment professionals to participate in our investment selection and monitoring process. The Adviser may not be able to find qualified investment professionals in a timely manner or at all. Any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

In addition, the Investment Advisory Agreement has a termination provision that allows the agreement to be terminated by us on 60 days’ notice without penalty by the vote of a Majority of the Outstanding Shares of our Common Stock or by the vote of our independent directors. The Investment Advisory Agreement generally may be terminated at any time, without penalty, by the Adviser upon 60 days’ notice to us. Furthermore, the Investment Advisory Agreement automatically terminates in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act, by the Adviser. If the Adviser resigns or is terminated, or if we do not obtain the requisite approvals of Shareholders and the Board to approve an agreement with the Adviser after an assignment, we may not be able to find a new investment adviser or hire internal management with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms prior to the termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, or at all. If we are unable to do so quickly, our operations are likely to experience a disruption and costs under any new agreements that we enter into could increase. Our financial condition, business and results of operations, as well as our ability to meet our payment obligations under any indebtedness and to pay distributions, are likely to be adversely affected, and the value of our Common Stock may decline.

 

Because our business model depends to a significant extent upon the Adviser’s relationships with corporations, financial institutions and investment firms, the inability of the Adviser to maintain or develop these relationships, or the failure of these relationships to generate investment opportunities, could adversely affect our business.

 

The Adviser depends on its relationships with corporations, financial institutions and investment firms, and we will rely to a significant extent upon these relationships to provide us with potential investment opportunities. If the Adviser fails to maintain its existing relationships or develop new relationships or sources of investment opportunities, we may not be able to grow our investment portfolio. In addition, individuals with whom the Adviser has relationships are not obligated to provide us with investment opportunities, and, therefore, there is no assurance that such relationships will generate investment opportunities for us.

 

We may face increasing competition for investment opportunities, which could delay further deployment of our capital, reduce returns and result in losses.

 

We may compete for investments with other business development companies and investment funds (including registered investment companies, private equity funds and mezzanine funds) including the Existing BDCs, the Private Funds and other clients of the Adviser or its affiliates, as well as traditional financial services companies such as commercial banks and other sources of funding. Moreover, alternative investment vehicles, such as hedge funds, continue to increase their investment focus in our target market of privately owned U.S. companies. We may experience increased competition from banks and investment vehicles who may continue to lend to the middle market. Additionally, the Federal Reserve and other bank regulators may periodically provide incentives to U.S. commercial banks to originate more loans to U.S. middle market private companies. As a result of these market participants and regulatory incentives, competition for investment opportunities in privately owned U.S. companies is strong and may intensify. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical, and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have a lower cost of capital and access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments than us. These characteristics could allow our competitors to consider a wider variety of investments, establish more relationships and offer better pricing and more flexible structuring than we are able to do.

 

48


Table of Contents

 

We may lose investment opportunities if we do not match our competitors’ pricing, terms, and investment structure criteria. If we are forced to match these competitors’ investment terms criteria, we may not be able to achieve acceptable returns on our investments or may bear substantial risk of capital loss. A significant increase in the number and/or the size of our competitors in our target market could force us to accept less attractive investment terms. Furthermore, many competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a business development company or the source of income, asset diversification and distribution requirements we must satisfy to maintain our RIC tax treatment. The competitive pressures we face, and the manner in which we react or adjust to competitive pressures, may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, effective yield on investments, investment returns, leverage ratio, and cash flows. As a result of this competition, we may not be able to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities from time to time. Also, we may not be able to identify and make investments that are consistent with our investment objective.

 

Our investment portfolio will be recorded at fair value as determined in good faith in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Directors and, as a result, there is and will be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments.

 

Under the 1940 Act, we are required to carry our portfolio investments at market value or, if there is no readily available market value, at fair value as determined in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Directors. There is not a public market or active secondary market for many of the types of investments in privately held companies that we intend to hold and make. Our investments may not be publicly traded or actively traded on a secondary market but, instead, may be traded on a privately negotiated over-the-counter secondary market for institutional investors, if at all. As a result, we will value these investments quarterly at fair value as determined in good faith in accordance with valuation policy and procedures approved by the Board of Directors.

 

The determination of fair value, and thus the amount of unrealized appreciation or depreciation we may recognize in any reporting period, is to a degree subjective, and the Adviser has a conflict of interest in making recommendations of fair value. We will value our investments quarterly at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, based on, among other things, input of the Adviser, our Audit Committee and independent third-party valuation firm(s) engaged at the direction of the Board of Directors. The types of factors that may be considered in determining the fair values of our investments include the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparison to publicly traded companies, discounted cash flow, current market interest rates and other relevant factors. Because such valuations, and particularly valuations of private securities and private companies, are inherently uncertain, the valuations may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time due to changes in current market conditions. The determinations of fair value in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Directors may differ materially from the values that would have been used if an active market and market quotations existed for such investments. Our net asset value could be adversely affected if the determinations regarding the fair value of the investments were materially higher than the values that we ultimately realize upon the disposal of such investments.

 

The Board of Directors may change our operating policies and strategies without prior notice or Shareholder approval, the effects of which may be adverse to our Shareholders.

 

The Board of Directors has the authority to modify or waive current operating policies, investment criteria and strategies without prior notice and without Shareholder approval. We cannot predict the effect any changes to current operating policies, investment criteria and strategies would have on our business, net asset value, operating results and the value of our securities. However, the effects might be adverse, which could negatively impact our ability to pay you distributions and cause you to lose all or part of your investment. Moreover, we will have significant flexibility in investing the net proceeds of our offering and may use the net proceeds from our offering in ways with which our investors may not agree.

 

49


Table of Contents

 

Changes in laws or regulations governing our operations may adversely affect our business or cause us to alter our business strategy.

 

We and our portfolio companies will be subject to regulation at the local, state, and federal levels. Changes to the laws and regulations governing our permitted investments may require a change to our investment strategy. Such changes could differ materially from our strategies and plans as set forth in this report and may shift our investment focus from the areas of expertise of the Adviser. Thus, any such changes, if they occur, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment in us.

 

Changes to United States tariff and import/export regulations may have a negative effect on our portfolio companies and, in turn, harm us.

 

Significant changes to U.S. trade policy, including changes to current legislation and trade agreements and the imposition of tariffs have been discussed by the current U.S. presidential administration and certain members of Congress. Recently, the administration has imposed tariffs on a range of goods imported into the U.S., and a few countries have retaliated with tariffs against the United States. These retaliatory actions could trigger extended “trade wars” between the U.S. and its trading partners, resulting in additional barriers to the international market, inclusive of customers, vendors, and potential investors. Under these circumstances, the cost of goods for some portfolio companies could increase, resulting in lower consumer demand for their goods and reduced cash flows. While it is unknown whether and to what extent new legislation will be enacted into law, the enactment or amendment of trade legislation and/or renegotiation of trade agreements may impose additional compliance costs on portfolio companies, restrict their ability to participate in international markets and otherwise disrupt their current operations.

 

We are an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our Common Stock less attractive to investors.

 

We are and we will remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act until the earlier of (a) the last day of the fiscal year (i) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of our initial public offering of common equity securities, (ii) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.7 billion, or (iii) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Common Stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (b) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company” we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We cannot predict if investors will find our Common Stock less attractive because we will rely on some or all of these exemptions.

 

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the 1933 Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of such extended transition periods.

 

50


 

Table of Contents

 

Our status as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act may make it more difficult to raise capital as and when we need it.

 

Because of the exemptions from various reporting requirements provided to us as an “emerging growth company” and because we will have an extended transition period for complying with new or revised financial accounting standards, we may be less attractive to investors and it may be difficult for us to raise additional capital as and when we need it. Investors may be unable to compare our business with other companies in our industry if they believe that our financial accounting is not as transparent as other companies in our industry. If we are unable to raise additional capital as and when we need it, our financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

 

We will expend significant financial and other resources to comply with the requirements of being a public entity.

 

As a public entity, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the 1934 Act and requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The 1934 Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, which are discussed below. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls, significant resources and management oversight are required. We will implemented procedures, processes, policies and practices for the purpose of addressing the standards and requirements applicable to public companies. These activities may divert management’s attention from other business concerns, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

The systems and resources necessary to comply with public company reporting requirements will increase further once we cease to be an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act. As long as we remain an emerging growth company, we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We expect to remain an emerging growth company for up to five years following the completion of our initial public offering of common equity securities or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1.07 billion, (ii) December 31 of the fiscal year that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange  Act which would occur if the market value of our Common Stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter and we have been publicly reporting for at least 12 months or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the preceding three-year period.

 

We do not currently have comprehensive documentation of our internal controls.

 

We are not required to comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including the internal control evaluation and certification requirements of Section 404 of that statute (“Section 404”), and will not be required to comply with all of those requirements until we have been subject to the reporting requirements of the 1934 Act for a specified period of time or the date we are no longer an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act. Accordingly, our internal controls over financial reporting do not currently meet all of the standards contemplated by Section 404 that we will eventually be required to meet. We are in the process of building out our internal controls over financial reporting and establishing formal procedures, policies, processes and practices related to financial reporting and to the identification of key financial reporting risks, assessment of their potential impact and linkage of those risks to specific areas and activities within the Company.

 

51


Table of Contents

 

Additionally, we have begun the process of documenting our internal control procedures to satisfy the requirements of Section 404, which requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of its internal controls over financial reporting. Our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC, or the date we are no longer an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act. Because we do not currently have comprehensive documentation of our internal controls and have not yet tested our internal controls in accordance with Section 404, we cannot conclude in accordance with Section 404 that we do not have a material weakness in our internal controls or a combination of significant deficiencies that could result in the conclusion that we have a material weakness in our internal controls. As a public entity, we will be required to complete our initial assessment in a timely manner. If we are not able to implement the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, our operations, financial reporting or financial results could be adversely affected. Matters impacting our internal controls may cause us to be unable to report our financial information on a timely basis and thereby subject us to adverse regulatory consequences, including sanctions by the SEC or violations of applicable stock exchange listing rules, and result in a breach of the covenants under the agreements governing any of its financing arrangements. There could also be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of investor confidence in us  and the reliability of our financial statements. Confidence in the reliability of our financial statements could also suffer if we or our independent registered public accounting firm were to report a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting. This could materially adversely affect us and, following an Exchange Listing, lead to a decline in the market price of our Common Stock.

 

We may experience fluctuations in our operating results.

 

We may experience fluctuations in our operating results due to a number of factors, including our ability or inability to make investments in companies that meet our investment criteria, interest rates and default rates on the debt investments we make, the level of our expenses, variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized gains or losses, unrealized appreciation or depreciation, the degree to which we encounter competition in our markets, and general economic conditions. These occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, the value of your investment in us and our ability to pay distributions to you and our other Shareholders.

 

Any unrealized depreciation we experience on our portfolio may be an indication of future realized losses, which could reduce our income available for distribution.

 

As a business development company, we are required to carry our investments at market value or, if no market value is ascertainable, at the fair value as determined in good faith in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Directors. Decreases in the market values or fair values of our investments relative to amortized cost will be recorded as unrealized depreciation. Any unrealized losses in our portfolio could be an indication of a portfolio company’s inability to meet its repayment obligations to us with respect to the affected loans. This could result in realized losses in the future and ultimately in reductions of our income available for distribution in future periods. In addition, decreases in the market value or fair value of our investments will reduce our net asset value.

 

We are subject to limited restrictions with respect to the proportion of our assets that may be invested in a single issuer.

 

We intend to operate as a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, which means that we are not limited by the 1940 Act with respect to the proportion of our assets that we may invest in a single issuer. Beyond the asset diversification requirements associated with our qualification as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we do not have fixed guidelines for diversification. While we are not targeting any specific industries, our investments may be focused on relatively few industries.  To the extent that we hold large positions in a small number of issuers, or within a particular industry, our net asset value may be subject to greater fluctuation. We may also be more susceptible to any single economic or regulatory occurrence or a downturn in particular industry.

 

52


Table of Contents

 

We are dependent on information systems and systems failures could significantly disrupt our business, which may, in turn, negatively affect our liquidity, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Our business is dependent on our and third parties’ communications and information systems. Any failure or interruption of those systems, including as a result of the termination of an agreement with any third-party service providers, could cause delays or other problems in our activities. Our financial, accounting, data processing, portfolio monitoring, backup or other operating systems and facilities may fail to operate properly or become disabled or damaged as a result of a number of factors including events that are wholly or partially beyond our control. There could be:

 

·                           sudden electrical or telecommunications outages;

 

·                           natural disasters such as earthquakes, tornadoes and hurricanes;

 

·                           disease pandemics;

 

·                           events arising from local or larger scale political or social matters, including terrorist acts;

 

·                           outages due to idiosyncratic issues at specific service providers; and

 

·                           cyber-attacks.

 

These events, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and negatively affect the net asset value of our Common Stock and our ability to pay distributions to our Shareholders.

 

Internal and external cyber threats, as well as other disasters, could impair our ability to conduct business effectively.

 

The occurrence of a disaster, such as a cyber-attack against us or against a third-party that has access to our data or networks, a natural catastrophe, an industrial accident, failure of our disaster recovery systems, or consequential employee error, could have an adverse effect on our ability to communicate or conduct business, negatively impacting our operations and financial condition. This adverse effect can become particularly acute if those events affect our electronic data processing, transmission, storage, and retrieval systems, or impact the availability, integrity, or confidentiality of our data.

 

We depend heavily upon computer systems to perform necessary business functions. Despite our implementation of a variety of security measures, our computer systems, networks, and data, like those of other companies, could be subject to cyber-attacks and unauthorized access, use, alteration, or destruction, such as from physical and electronic break-ins or unauthorized tampering. If one or more of these events occurs, it could potentially jeopardize the confidential, proprietary, and other information processed, stored in, and transmitted through our computer systems and networks. Such an attack could cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations, which could result in financial losses, litigation, regulatory penalties, client dissatisfaction or loss, reputational damage, and increased costs associated with mitigation of damages and remediation.

 

Third parties with which we do business may also be sources of cybersecurity or other technological risk. We outsource certain functions and these relationships allow for the storage and processing of our information, as well as client, counterparty, employee, and borrower information. While we engage in actions to reduce our exposure resulting from outsourcing, ongoing threats may result in unauthorized access, loss, exposure, destruction, or other cybersecurity incidents that adversely affects our data, resulting in increased costs and other consequences as described above.

 

We and our service providers are currently impacted by quarantines and similar measures being enacted by governments in response to COVID-19, which are obstructing the regular functioning of business workforces (including requiring employees to work from external locations and their homes). Accordingly, the risks described above are heightened under current conditions.

 

53


Table of Contents

 

Cybersecurity risks and cyber incidents may adversely affect our business or the business of our portfolio companies by causing a disruption to our operations or the operations of our portfolio companies, a compromise or corruption of our confidential information or the confidential information of our portfolio companies and/or damage to our business relationships or the business relationships of our portfolio companies, all of which could negatively impact the business, financial condition and operating results of us or our portfolio companies.

 

A cyber incident is considered to be any adverse event that threatens the confidentiality, integrity or availability of the information resources of us or our portfolio companies. These incidents may be an intentional attack or an unintentional event and could involve gaining unauthorized access to our information systems or those of our portfolio companies for purposes of misappropriating assets, stealing confidential information, corrupting data or causing operational disruption. The result of these incidents may include disrupted operations, misstated or unreliable financial data, liability for stolen assets or information, increased cybersecurity protection and insurance costs, litigation and damage to business relationships. As our and our portfolio companies’ reliance on technology has increased, so have the risks posed to our information systems, both internal and those provided by third-party service providers, and the information systems of our portfolio companies. We have implemented processes, procedures and internal controls to help mitigate cybersecurity risks and cyber intrusions, but these measures, as well as our increased awareness of the nature and extent of a risk of a cyber-incident, do not guarantee that a cyber-incident will not occur and/or that our financial results, operations or confidential information will not be negatively impacted by such an incident.

 

We are exposed to risks associated with changes in interest rates.

 

Because we may borrow money to make investments, our net investment income will depend, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds and the rate at which we invest those funds. As a result, we can offer no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income.

 

A reduction in interest rates on new investments relative to interest rates on current investments could have an adverse impact on our net investment income . However, an increase in interest rates could decrease the value of any investments we hold which earn fixed interest rates and also could increase our interest expense, thereby decreasing our net income. Also, an increase in interest rates available to investors could make an investment in our Common Stock less attractive if we are not able to increase our dividend rate, which could reduce the value of our Common Stock. Further, rising interest rates could also adversely affect our performance if such increases cause our borrowing costs to rise at a rate in excess of the rate that our investments yield.

 

In periods of rising interest rates, to the extent we borrow money subject to a floating interest rate, our cost of funds would increase, which could reduce our net investment income. Further, rising interest rates could also adversely affect our performance if we hold investments with floating interest rates, subject to specified minimum interest rates (such as a LIBOR floor), while at the same time engaging in borrowings subject to floating interest rates not subject to such minimums. In such a scenario, rising interest rates may increase our interest expense, even though our interest income from investments is not increasing in a corresponding manner as a result of such minimum interest rates.

 

If general interest rates rise, there is a risk that the portfolio companies in which we hold floating rate securities will be unable to pay escalating interest amounts, which could result in a default under their loan documents with us. Rising interest rates could also cause portfolio companies to shift cash from other productive uses to the payment of interest, which may have a material adverse effect on their business and operations and could, over time, lead to increased defaults. In addition, rising interest rates may increase pressure on us to provide fixed rate loans to our portfolio companies, which could adversely affect our net investment income, as increases in our cost of borrowed funds would not be accompanied by increased interest income from such fixed-rate investments.

 

54


Table of Contents

 

The interest rates of our term loans to our portfolio companies that extend beyond 2021 might be subject to change based on recent regulatory changes

 

LIBOR, the London Interbank Offered Rate, is the basic rate of interest used in lending transactions between banks on the London interbank market and is widely used as a reference for setting the interest rate on loans globally. We typically use LIBOR as a reference rate in term loans we extend to portfolio companies such that the interest due to us pursuant to a term loan extended to a portfolio company is calculated using LIBOR. The terms of our debt investments generally include minimum interest rate floors which are calculated based on LIBOR.

 

The United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority the (“FCA”), which regulates LIBOR, announced that it will not compel panel banks to contribute to LIBOR after 2021. It is unclear if at that time LIBOR will cease to exist or if new methods of calculating LIBOR will be established such that it continues to exist after 2021. Central banks and regulators in a number of major jurisdictions (for example, United States, United Kingdom, European Union, Switzerland and Japan) have convened working groups to find, and implement the transition to, suitable replacements for interbank offered rates (‘‘IBORs’’). To identify a successor rate for U.S. dollar LIBOR, the Alternative Reference Rates Committee (‘‘ARRC’’), a U.S.-based group convened by the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, was formed. The ARRC has identified the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (‘‘SOFR’’) as its preferred alternative rate for LIBOR. SOFR is a measure of the cost of borrowing cash overnight, collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities, and is based on directly observable U.S. Treasury-backed repurchase transactions. In addition, on March 25, 2020, the FCA stated that although the central assumption that firms cannot rely on LIBOR being published after the end of 2021 has not changed, the outbreak of COVID-19 has impacted the timing of many firms’ transition planning, and the FCA will continue to assess the impact of the COVID-19 outbreak on transition timelines and update the marketplace as soon as possible. Although SOFR appears to be the preferred replacement rate for U.S. dollar LIBOR, at this time, it is not possible to predict the effect of any such changes, any establishment of alternative reference rates or other reforms to LIBOR that may be enacted in the United States, United Kingdom or elsewhere or, whether the COVID-19 outbreak will have further effect on LIBOR transition plans.

 

The elimination of LIBOR or any other changes or reforms to the determination or supervision of LIBOR could have an adverse impact on the market for or value of any LIBOR-linked securities, loans, and other financial obligations or extensions of credit held by or due to us or on our overall financial condition or results of operations. In addition, if LIBOR ceases to exist, we may need to renegotiate the credit agreements extending beyond 2021 with our portfolio companies that utilize LIBOR as a factor in determining the interest rate, in order to replace LIBOR with the new standard that is established, which may have an adverse effect on our overall financial condition or results of operations. Following the replacement of LIBOR, some or all of these credit agreements may bear interest at a lower interest rate, which could have an adverse impact on our results of operations. Moreover, if LIBOR ceases to exist, we may need to renegotiate certain terms of our credit facilities. If we are unable to do so, amounts drawn under our credit facilities may bear interest at a higher rate, which would increase the cost of our borrowings and, in turn, affect our results of operations.

 

The United Kingdom referendum decision to leave the European Union may create significant risks and uncertainty for global markets and our investments.

 

The decision made in the United Kingdom referendum to leave the European Union has led to volatility in global financial markets, and in particular in the markets of the United Kingdom and across Europe, and may also lead to weakening in consumer, corporate and financial confidence in the United Kingdom and Europe.

 

55


Table of Contents

 

The United Kingdom and European Union announced in March 2018 an agreement in principle to transitional provisions under which European Union law would remain in force in the United Kingdom until the end of December 2020, but this remains subject to the successful conclusion of an agreement between the United Kingdom and the European Union. In the absence of such an agreement there would be no transitional provisions and the United Kingdom would exit the European Union and the relationship between the United Kingdom and the European Union would be based on the World Trade Organization rules (a ‘‘hard Brexit’’). On October 28, 2019, the United Kingdom came to an agreement with the European Union to delay the deadline for withdrawal; however, the United Kingdom parliament did not approve the withdrawal agreement by January 31, 2020 and there was a hard Brexit on that date. While it is not currently possible to determine the extent of the impact a hard Brexit may have on our investments, certain measures are being proposed and/or will be introduced, at the European Union level or at the member state level, which are designed to minimize disruption in the financial markets.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the extent and process by which the United Kingdom will exit the European Union, and the longer term economic, legal, political and social framework to be put in place between the United Kingdom and the European Union are unclear at this stage and are likely to lead to ongoing political and economic uncertainty and periods of exacerbated volatility in both the United Kingdom and in wider European markets for some time. In particular, the decision made in the United Kingdom referendum may lead to a call for similar referenda in other European jurisdictions which may cause increased economic volatility and uncertainty in the European and global markets. This volatility and uncertainty may have an adverse effect on the economy generally and on our ability, and the ability of our portfolio companies, to execute our respective strategies and to receive attractive returns.

 

The amount of any distributions we may make on our Common Stock is uncertain. We may not be able to pay distributions, or be able to sustain distributions at any particular level, and our distributions per share, if any, may not grow over time, and our distributions per share may be reduced. We have not established any limit on the extent to which we may use borrowings, if any, and we may use offering proceeds to fund distributions (which may reduce the amount of capital we ultimately invest in portfolio companies).

 

Subject to the Board of Directors’ discretion and applicable legal restrictions, we intend to authorize and declare cash distributions on a monthly or quarterly basis and pay such distributions on a monthly or quarterly basis. We expect to pay distributions out of assets legally available for distribution. However, we cannot assure you that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a consistent targeted level of cash distributions or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. Our ability to pay distributions might be adversely affected by the impact of the risks described herein. In addition, the inability to satisfy the asset coverage test applicable to us as a business development company under the 1940 Act can limit our ability to pay distributions. Distributions from offering proceeds also could reduce the amount of capital we ultimately invest in debt or equity securities of portfolio companies. We cannot assure you that we will pay distributions to our Shareholders in the future.

 

Distributions on our Common Stock may exceed our taxable earnings and profits, particularly during the period before we have substantially invested the net proceeds from this offering. Therefore, portions of the distributions that we pay may represent a return of capital to you. A return of capital is a return of a portion of your original investment in shares of our Common Stock. As a result, a return of capital will (i) lower your tax basis in your shares and thereby increase the amount of capital gain (or decrease the amount of capital loss) realized upon a subsequent sale or redemption of such shares, and (ii) reduce the amount of funds we have for investment in portfolio companies. We have not established any limit on the extent to which we may use offering proceeds to fund distributions.

 

We may pay our distributions from offering proceeds in anticipation of future cash flow, which may constitute a return of your capital and will lower your tax basis in your shares, thereby increasing the amount of capital gain (or decreasing the amount of capital loss) realized upon a subsequent sale or redemption of such shares, even if such shares have not increased in value or have, in fact, lost value. Distributions from offering proceeds also could reduce the amount of capital we ultimately have available to invest in portfolio companies.

 

56


Table of Contents

 

We are subject to risks related to corporate social responsibility.

 

Our business faces increasing public scrutiny related to environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) activities. We risk damage to our brand and reputation if we fail to act responsibly in a number of areas, such as environmental stewardship, corporate governance and transparency and considering ESG factors in our investment processes. Adverse incidents with respect to ESG activities could impact the value of our brand, the cost of our operations and relationships with investors, all of which could adversely affect our business and results of operations. Additionally, new regulatory initiatives related to ESG could adversely affect our business.

 

Risks Related to The Adviser and Its Affiliates

 

The Adviser and its affiliates have limited experience managing a business development company.

 

The Adviser and its affiliates have limited experience managing a vehicle regulated as a business development company and may not be able to operate our business successfully or achieve our investment objective. As a result, an investment in our securities may entail more risk than the securities of a comparable company with a substantial operating history.

 

The 1940 Act and the Code impose numerous constraints on the operations of business development companies and RICs that do not apply to the other types of investment vehicles previously managed by the personnel of the Adviser and its affiliates. For example, under the 1940 Act, business development companies are generally required to invest at least 70% of their total assets primarily in securities of qualifying U.S. private or thinly traded companies. Moreover, qualification for RIC tax treatment under Subchapter M of the Code requires satisfaction of source-of-income, asset diversification and other requirements. Any failure by us to comply with these provisions could prevent us from maintaining our qualification as a business development company or tax treatment as a RIC or could force us to pay unexpected taxes and penalties, which could be material. The Adviser’s and its affiliates’ limited experience in managing a portfolio of assets under such constraints may hinder their ability to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities and, as a result, make it more difficult for us to achieve our investment objective.

 

The Adviser and its affiliates, including our officers and some of our directors, may face conflicts of interest caused by compensation arrangements with us and our affiliates, which could result in increased risk-taking by us.

 

The Adviser and its affiliates will receive substantial fees from us in return for their services. In the event of an Exchange Listing, these fees may include certain incentive fees based on the amount of appreciation of our investments. These fees could influence the advice provided to us. Generally, the more equity we sell in public offerings and the greater the risk assumed by us with respect to our investments, including through the use of leverage, the greater the potential for growth in our assets and profits, and, correlatively, the fees payable by us to the Adviser. These compensation arrangements could affect the Adviser’s or its affiliates’ judgment with respect to public offerings of equity and investments made by us, which allow the Adviser to earn increased asset management fees.

 

57


Table of Contents

 

The time and resources that individuals associated with the Adviser devote to us may be diverted, and we may face additional competition due to the fact that neither the Adviser nor its affiliates is prohibited from raising money for or managing another entity that makes the same types of investments that we target.

 

The Adviser is expected to manage the 2020 Fund and the Adviser's affiliates currently manage the Existing BDCs and the First Lien Fund and are not prohibited from raising money for and managing future investment entities that make the same or similar types of investments as those we target. As a result, the time and resources that the Adviser devotes to us may be diverted, and during times of intense activity in other investment programs they may devote less time and resources to our business than is necessary or appropriate. In addition, we may compete with any such investment entity also managed by the Adviser or its affiliates for the same investors and investment opportunities.

 

The Adviser and its affiliates may face conflicts of interest with respect to services performed for issuers in which we invest.

 

The Adviser and its affiliates may provide a broad range of financial services to companies in which we invest, including providing arrangement, syndication, origination, structuring and other services to our portfolio companies and will generally be paid fees for such services in compliance with applicable law, by the portfolio company. Any compensation received by the Adviser or its affiliates for providing these services will not be shared with us and may be received before we realize a return on our investment. The Adviser and its affiliates may face conflicts of interest with respect to services performed for these companies, on the one hand, and investments recommended to us, on the other hand.

 

The Adviser or its affiliates may have incentives to favor their respective other accounts and clients over us, which may result in conflicts of interest that could be harmful to us.

 

Because the Adviser and its affiliates manage assets for and may in the future manage assets for, other investment companies, pooled investment vehicles and/or other accounts (including institutional clients, pension plans, co-invest vehicles and certain high net worth individuals), certain conflicts of interest are present. For instance, the Adviser and its affiliates may receive asset management performance-based, or other fees from certain accounts that are higher than the fees received by the Adviser from us. In those instances, a portfolio manager for the Adviser has an incentive to favor the higher fee and/or performance-based fee accounts over us.

 

In addition, a conflict of interest exists to the extent the Adviser, its affiliates, or any of their respective executives, portfolio managers or employees have proprietary or personal investments in other investment companies or accounts or when certain other investment companies or accounts are investment options in the Adviser’s or its affiliates’ employee benefit plans. In these circumstances, the Adviser has an incentive to favor these other investment companies or accounts over us. The Board will seek to monitor these conflicts but there can be no assurances that such monitoring will fully mitigate any such conflicts.

 

Our fee structure may create incentives for the Adviser to make speculative investments or use substantial leverage.

 

The incentive fee payable by us to the Adviser after an Exchange Listing may create an incentive for the Adviser to make investments on our behalf that are risky or more speculative than would be the case in the absence of such compensation arrangements. The way in which the incentive fee is determined may encourage the Adviser to use leverage to increase the leveraged return on our investment portfolio.

 

In addition, the fact that our base management fee is payable based upon our average gross assets (which includes any borrowings used for investment purposes) may encourage the Adviser to use leverage to make additional investments. Such a practice could make such investments more risky than would otherwise be the case, which could result in higher investment losses, particularly during cyclical economic downturns. Under certain circumstances, the use of substantial leverage (up to the limits prescribed by the 1940 Act) may increase the likelihood of our defaulting on our borrowings, which would be detrimental to holders of our securities.

 

58


Table of Contents

 

We may compete for capital and investment opportunities with other entities managed by the Adviser or its affiliates, subjecting the Adviser to certain conflicts of interests.

 

The Adviser will experience conflicts of interest in connection with the management of our business affairs relating to and arising from a number of matters, including: the allocation of investment opportunities by the Adviser and its affiliates; compensation to the Adviser; services that may be provided by the Adviser and its affiliates to issuers in which we invest; investments by us and other clients of the Adviser, subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act; the formation of additional investment funds managed by the Adviser; differing recommendations given by the Adviser to us versus other clients; the Adviser’s use of information gained from issuers in our portfolio for investments by other clients, subject to applicable law; and restrictions on the Adviser’s use of “inside information” with respect to potential investments by us.

 

Specifically, we may compete for investments with affiliated business development companies or funds that are advised by the Adviser’s affiliates, such as the Existing BDCs, subjecting the Adviser and its affiliates to certain conflicts of interest in evaluating the suitability of investment opportunities and making or recommending investments on our behalf. To mitigate these conflicts, the Owl Rock Advisers will seek to execute such transactions for all of the participating investment accounts, including us, on a fair and equitable basis and in accordance with the Owl Rock Advisers’ investment allocation policy, taking into account such factors as the relative amounts of capital available for new investments; cash on hand; existing commitments and reserves; the investment programs and portfolio positions of the participating investment accounts, including portfolio construction, diversification and concentration considerations; the investment objectives, guidelines and strategies of each client; the clients for which participation is appropriate’ each client’s life cycle; targeted leverage level; targeted asset mix and any other factors deemed appropriate.

 

We may be prohibited under the 1940 Act from participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our directors who are not interested persons and, in some cases, the prior approval of the SEC. We expect to rely on exemptive relief by the SEC that has been granted to ORCA and certain affiliates to permit us to co-invest with other funds managed by the Adviser or certain of its affiliates, including the Existing BDCs, in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. Pursuant to such exemptive relief, we will generally be permitted to co-invest with certain of our affiliates if a “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) of our independent directors make certain conclusions in connection with a co-investment transaction, including that (1) the terms of the transaction, including the consideration to be paid, are reasonable and fair to us and our shareholders and do not involve overreaching of us or our shareholders on the part of any person concerned, (2) the transaction is consistent with the interests of our shareholders and is consistent with our investment objective and strategies, and (3) the investment by our affiliates would not disadvantage us, and our participation would not be on a basis different from or less advantageous than that on which our affiliates are investing. We may also rely on an exemptive order issued by the SEC on April 8, 2020 and applicable to all BDCs, pursuant to which, through December 31, 2020, we may, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, co-invest in our existing portfolio companies with certain other funds managed by the Adviser or its affiliates and covered by our exemptive relief, even if such other funds have not previously invested in such existing portfolio company. Without this order, affiliated funds would not be able to participate in such co-investments with us unless the affiliated funds had previously acquired securities of the portfolio company in a co-investment transaction with us. The Owl Rock Advisers’ investment allocation policy seeks to ensure equitable allocation of investment opportunities between us and other funds managed by the  Adviser or its affiliates. As a result of the exemptive relief, there could be significant overlap in our investment portfolio and the investment portfolio of other funds established by the Adviser or its affiliates that could avail themselves of the exemptive relief.

 

59


Table of Contents

 

Actions by the Adviser or its affiliates on behalf of their other accounts and clients may be adverse to us and our investments and harmful to us.

 

The Adviser and its affiliates may manage assets for accounts other than us, including private funds (for purposes of this section, “Adviser Funds”) including, but not limited to, the Existing BDCs and the Private Funds. Actions taken by the Adviser or its affiliates on behalf of its Adviser Funds may be adverse to us and our investments, which could harm our performance. For example, we may invest in the same credit obligations as other Adviser Funds, although, to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, our investments may include different obligations or levels of the capital structure of the same issuer. Decisions made with respect to the securities held by one Adviser Fund may cause (or have the potential to cause) harm to the different class of securities of the issuer held by other Adviser Funds (including us).

 

Our access to confidential information may restrict our ability to take action with respect to some investments, which, in turn, may negatively affect our results of operations.

 

We, directly or through the Adviser, may obtain confidential information about the companies in which we have invested or may invest or be deemed to have such confidential information. The Adviser may come into possession of material, non-public information through its members, officers, directors, employees, principals or affiliates. The possession of such information may, to our detriment, limit the ability of us and the Adviser to buy or sell a security or otherwise to participate in an investment opportunity. In certain circumstances, employees of the Adviser may serve as board members or in other capacities for portfolio or potential portfolio companies, which could restrict our ability to trade in the securities of such companies. For example, if personnel of the Adviser come into possession of material non-public information with respect to our investments, such personnel will be restricted by the Adviser’s information-sharing policies and procedures or by law or contract from sharing such information with our management team, even where the disclosure of such information would be in our best interests or would otherwise influence decisions taken by the members of the management team with respect to that investment. This conflict and these procedures and practices may limit the freedom of the Adviser to enter into or exit from potentially profitable investments for us, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will be able to fully leverage the resources and industry expertise of the Adviser in the course of its duties. Additionally, there may be circumstances in which one or more individuals associated with the Adviser will be precluded from providing services to us because of certain confidential information available to those individuals or to other parts of the Adviser.

 

We may be obligated to pay the Adviser incentive fees even if we incur a net loss due to a decline in the value of our portfolio and even if our earned interest income is not payable in cash.

 

Upon an Exchange Listing, the Investment Advisory Agreement entitles the Adviser to receive an incentive fee based on our pre-incentive fee net investment income regardless of any capital losses. In such case, we may be required to pay the Adviser an incentive fee for a fiscal quarter even if there is a decline in the value of our portfolio or if we incur a net loss for that quarter.

 

Any incentive fee payable by us that relates to the pre-incentive fee net investment income may be computed and paid on income that may include interest that has been accrued but not yet received or interest in the form of securities received rather than cash (“payment-in-kind”, or “PIK”, income). PIK income will be included in the pre-incentive fee net investment income used to calculate the incentive fee to the Adviser even though we do not receive the income in the form of cash. If a portfolio company defaults on a loan that is structured to provide accrued interest income, it is possible that accrued interest income previously included in the calculation of the incentive fee will become uncollectible. The Adviser is not obligated to reimburse us for any part of the incentive fee it received that was based on accrued interest income that we never receive as a result of a subsequent default.

 

60


Table of Contents

 

The quarterly incentive fee on income is recognized and paid without regard to: (i) the trend of pre-incentive fee net investment income as a percent of adjusted capital over multiple quarters in arrears which may in fact be consistently less than the quarterly preferred return, or (ii) the net income or net loss in the current calendar quarter, the current year or any combination of prior periods.

 

For federal income tax purposes, we may be required to recognize taxable income in some circumstances in which we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash and to make distributions with respect to such income to maintain our tax treatment as a RIC and/or minimize corporate-level U.S. federal income or excise tax. Under such circumstances, we may have difficulty meeting the Annual Distribution Requirement necessary to maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code. This difficulty in making the required distribution may be amplified to the extent that we are required to pay the incentive fee on income with respect to such accrued income. As a result, we may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital, or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax.

 

Our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates is restricted.

 

We are prohibited under the 1940 Act from participating in certain transactions with certain of our affiliates without the prior approval of a majority of our independent directors and, in some cases, the SEC. Any person that owns, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of our outstanding voting securities will be our affiliate for purposes of the 1940 Act, and we will generally be prohibited from buying or selling any securities from or to such affiliate on a principal basis, absent the prior approval of the Board and, in some cases, the SEC. The 1940 Act also prohibits certain “joint” transactions with certain of our affiliates, including other funds or clients advised by the Adviser or its affiliates, which in certain circumstances could include investments in the same portfolio company (whether at the same or different times to the extent the transaction involves a joint investment), without prior approval of the Board and, in some cases, the SEC. If a person acquires more than 25% of our voting securities, we will be prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to such person or certain of that person’s affiliates, or entering into prohibited joint transactions with such persons, absent the prior approval of the SEC. Similar restrictions limit our ability to transact business with our officers or directors or their affiliates or anyone who is under common control with us. The SEC has interpreted the business development company regulations governing transactions with affiliates to prohibit certain joint transactions involving entities that share a common investment adviser. As a result of these restrictions, we may be prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to any portfolio company that is controlled by a fund managed by either of the Adviser or its affiliates without the prior approval of the SEC, which may limit the scope of investment or disposition opportunities that would otherwise be available to us.

 

On February 7, 2017, ORCA and certain of its affiliates received exemptive relief from the SEC that we intend to rely on to permit us to co-invest with other funds managed by the Adviser or its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. Pursuant to such exemptive relief, we generally will be permitted to co-invest with certain of our affiliates if a “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) of our independent directors make certain conclusions in connection with a co-investment transaction, including that (1) the terms of the transaction, including the consideration to be paid, are reasonable and fair to us and our shareholders and do not involve overreaching of us or our shareholders on the part of any person concerned, (2) the transaction is consistent with the interests of our shareholders and is consistent with our investment objective and strategies, and (3) the investment by our affiliates would not disadvantage us, and our participation would not be on a basis different from or less advantageous than that on which our affiliates are investing. We may also rely on an exemptive order issued by the SEC on April 8, 2020 and applicable to all BDCs, pursuant to which, through December 31, 2020, we may, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, co-invest in our existing portfolio companies with certain other funds managed by the Adviser or its affiliates and covered by our exemptive relief, even if such other funds have not previously invested in such existing portfolio company. Without this order, affiliated funds would not be able to participate in such co-investments with us unless the affiliated funds had previously acquired securities of the portfolio company in a co-investment transaction with us.

 

61


Table of Contents

 

In situations when co-investment with the Adviser’s or its affiliates’ other clients is not permitted under the 1940 Act and related rules, existing or future staff guidance, or the terms and conditions of any exemptive relief granted to us by the SEC, the Adviser will need to decide which client or clients will proceed with the investment. Generally, we will not be entitled to make a co-investment in these circumstances and, to the extent that another client elects to proceed with the investment, we will not be permitted to participate. Moreover, except in certain circumstances, we will not invest in any issuer in which an affiliate’s other client holds a controlling interest.

 

We may make investments that could give rise to a conflict of interest.

 

We do not expect to invest in, or hold securities of, companies that are controlled by an affiliate’s other clients. However, the Adviser or an affiliate’s other clients may invest in, and gain control over, one of our portfolio companies. If the Adviser or an affiliate’s other client, or clients, gains control over one of our portfolio companies, it may create conflicts of interest and may subject us to certain restrictions under the 1940 Act. As a result of these conflicts and restrictions the Adviser may be unable to implement our investment strategies as effectively as they could have in the absence of such conflicts or restrictions. For example, as a result of a conflict or restriction, the Adviser may be unable to engage in certain transactions that it would otherwise pursue. In order to avoid these conflicts and restrictions, the Adviser may choose to exit such investments prematurely and, as a result, we may forego any positive returns associated with such investments. In addition, to the extent that an affiliate’s other client holds a different class of securities than us as a result of such transactions, our interests may not be aligned.

 

The recommendations given to us by the Adviser may differ from those rendered to their other clients.

 

The Adviser and its affiliates may give advice and recommend securities to other clients which may differ from advice given to, or securities recommended or bought for, us even though such other clients’ investment objectives may be similar to ours, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The Adviser’s liability is limited under the Investment Advisory Agreement, and we are required to indemnify the Adviser against certain liabilities, which may lead the Adviser to act in a riskier manner on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account.

 

The Adviser will not assume any responsibility to us other than to render the services described in the Investment Advisory Agreement (and, separately, under the Administration Agreement), and it will not be responsible for any action of the Board of Directors in declining to follow the Adviser’ advice or recommendations. Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Adviser and its directors, officers, shareholders, members, agents, employees, controlling persons, and any other person or entity affiliated with, or acting on behalf of the Adviser will not be liable to us for their acts under the Investment Advisory Agreement, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard in the performance of their duties. We will also agree to indemnify, defend and protect the Adviser and its directors, officers, shareholders, members, agents, employees, controlling persons and any other person or entity affiliated with, or acting on behalf of the Adviser with respect to all damages, liabilities, costs and expenses resulting from acts of the Adviser not arising out of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of their duties. However, in accordance with Section 17(i) of the 1940 Act, neither the Adviser nor any of its affiliates, directors, officers, members, employees, agents, or representatives may be protected against any liability to us or our investors to which it would otherwise be subject by reason of willful malfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of its office. These protections may lead the Adviser to act in a riskier manner when acting on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account.

 

62


Table of Contents

 

The Adviser’s failure to comply with pay-to-play laws, regulations and policies could have an adverse effect on the Adviser, and thus, us.

 

A number of U.S. states and municipal pension plans have adopted so-called “pay-to-play” laws, regulations or policies which prohibit, restrict or require disclosure of payments to (and/or certain contacts with) state officials by individuals and entities seeking to do business with state entities, including those seeking investments by public retirement funds.  The SEC has adopted a rule that, among other things, prohibits an investment adviser from providing advisory services for compensation to a government client for two years after the adviser or certain of its executives or employees makes a contribution to certain elected officials or candidates.  If the Adviser, any of its employees or affiliates or any service provider acting on its behalf, fails to comply with such laws, regulations or policies, such non-compliance could have an adverse effect on the Adviser, and thus, us.

 

There are risks associated with any potential merger with or purchase of assets of another fund.

 

The Adviser may in the future recommend to the Board of Directors that we merge with or acquire all or substantially all of the assets of one or more funds including a fund that could be managed by the Adviser or its affiliates (including another BDC). We do not expect that the Adviser would recommend any such merger or asset purchase unless it determines that it would be in the best interest of us and our Shareholders, with such determination dependent on factors it deems relevant, which may include our historical and projected financial performance and any proposed merger partner, portfolio composition, potential synergies from the merger or asset sale, available alternative options and market conditions. In addition, no such merger or asset purchase would be consummated absent the meeting of various conditions required by applicable law or contract, at such time, which may include approval of the board of directors and common equity holders of both funds. If the Adviser is the investment adviser of both funds, various conflicts of interest would exist with respect to any such transaction. Such conflicts of interest may potentially arise from, among other things, differences between the compensation payable to the Adviser by us and by the entity resulting from such a merger or asset purchase or efficiencies or other benefits to the Adviser as a result of managing a single, larger fund instead of two separate funds.

 

Risks Related to Business Development Companies

 

The requirement that we invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets could preclude us from investing in accordance with our current business strategy; conversely, the failure to invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets could result in our failure to maintain our status as a business development company.

 

As a business development company, the 1940 Act prohibits us from acquiring any assets other than certain qualifying assets unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such acquisition, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets. Therefore, we may be precluded from investing in what we believe are attractive investments if such investments are not qualifying assets. Conversely, if we fail to invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could lose our status as a business development company, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Similarly, these rules could prevent us from making additional investments in existing portfolio companies, which could result in the dilution of our position, or could require us to dispose of investments at an inopportune time to comply with the 1940 Act. If we were forced to sell non-qualifying investments in the portfolio for compliance purposes, the proceeds from such sale could be significantly less than the current value of such investments.

 

63


Table of Contents

 

Failure to maintain our status as a business development company would reduce our operating flexibility.

 

If we do not remain a business development company, we might be regulated as a closed-end investment company under the 1940 Act, which would subject us to substantially more regulatory restrictions and correspondingly decrease our operating flexibility.

 

Regulations governing our operation as a business development company and RIC affect our ability to raise capital and the way in which we raise additional capital or borrow for investment purposes, which may have a negative effect on our growth. As a business development company, the necessity of raising additional capital may expose us to risks, including risks associated with leverage.

 

As a result of the Annual Distribution Requirement to qualify for tax treatment as a RIC, we may need to access the capital markets periodically to raise cash to fund new investments in portfolio companies. Currently, we may issue “senior securities,” including borrowing money from banks or other financial institutions only in amounts such that the ratio of our total assets (less total liabilities other than indebtedness represented by senior securities) to our total indebtedness represented by senior securities plus preferred stock, if any, equals at least 150% after such incurrence or issuance. If we issue senior securities, we will be exposed to risks associated with leverage, including an increased risk of loss. Our ability to issue different types of securities is also limited. Compliance with RIC distribution requirements may unfavorably limit our investment opportunities and reduce our ability in comparison to other companies to profit from favorable spreads between the rates at which we can borrow and the rates at which we can lend. Therefore, we intend to seek to continuously issue equity securities, which may lead to shareholder dilution.

 

We may borrow to fund investments. If the value of our assets declines, we may be unable to satisfy the asset coverage test under the 1940 Act, which would prohibit us from paying distributions and could prevent us from qualifying for tax treatment as a RIC, which would generally result in a corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on any income and net gains. If we cannot satisfy the asset coverage test, we may be required to sell a portion of our investments and, depending on the nature of our debt financing, repay a portion of our indebtedness at a time when such sales may be disadvantageous.

 

In addition, we anticipate that as market conditions permit, we may securitize our loans to generate cash for funding new investments. To securitize loans, we may create a wholly owned subsidiary, contribute a pool of loans to the subsidiary and have the subsidiary issue primarily investment grade debt securities to purchasers who would be expected to be willing to accept a substantially lower interest rate than the loans earn. We would retain all or a portion of the equity in the securitized pool of loans. Our retained equity would be exposed to any losses on the portfolio of loans before any of the debt securities would be exposed to such losses.

 

Risks Related to Our Investments

 

Our investments in portfolio companies may be risky, and we could lose all or part of our investments.

 

Our strategy focuses primarily on originating and making loans to, and making debt and equity investments in, U.S. middle-market companies, with a focus on originated transactions sourced through the networks of the Adviser. Short transaction closing timeframes associated with originated transactions coupled with added tax or accounting structuring complexity and international transactions may result in higher risk in comparison to non-originated transactions.

 

First-Lien Debt. When we make a first-lien loan, we generally take a security interest in the available assets of the portfolio company, including the equity interests of its subsidiaries, which we expect to help mitigate the risk that we will not be repaid. However, there is a risk that the collateral securing our loans may decrease in value over time, may be difficult to sell in a timely manner, may be difficult to appraise, and may fluctuate in value based upon the success of the business and market conditions, including as a result of the inability of the portfolio company to raise additional capital. In some circumstances, our lien is, or could become, subordinated to claims of other creditors. Consequently, the fact that a loan is secured does not guarantee that we will receive principal and interest payments according to the loan’s terms, or at all, or that we will be able to collect on the loan should we need to enforce our remedies.

 

64


Table of Contents

 

Unitranche Loans - In addition, in connection with any unitranche loans (including “last out” portions of such loans) in which we may invest, we would enter into agreements among lenders. Under these agreements, our interest in the collateral of the first-lien loans may rank junior to those of other lenders in the loan under certain circumstances. This may result in greater risk and loss of principal on these loans.

 

Second-Lien and Mezzanine Debt. Our investments in second-lien and mezzanine debt generally are subordinated to senior loans and will either have junior security interests or be unsecured. As such, other creditors may rank senior to us in the event of insolvency. This may result in greater risk and loss of principal.

 

Equity Investments. When we invest in first-lien debt, second-lien debt or mezzanine debt, we may acquire equity securities, such as warrants, options and convertible instruments, as well. In addition, we may invest directly in the equity securities of portfolio companies. We seek to dispose of these equity interests and realize gains upon our disposition of these interests. However, the equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience.

 

Most debt securities in which we intend to invest will not be rated by any rating agency and, if they were rated, they would be rated as below investment grade quality and are commonly referred to as “high yield” or “junk”. Debt securities rated below investment grade quality are generally regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics and may carry a greater risk with respect to a borrower’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. In addition, some of the loans in which we may invest may be “covenant-lite” loans. We use the term “covenant-lite” loans to refer generally to loans that do not have a complete set of financial maintenance covenants. Generally, “covenant-lite” loans provide borrower companies more freedom to negatively impact lenders because their covenants are incurrence-based, which means they are only tested and can only be breached following an affirmative action of the borrower, rather than by a deterioration in the borrower’s financial condition. Accordingly, to the extent we invest in “covenant-lite” loans, we may have fewer rights against a borrower and may have a greater risk of loss on such investments as compared to investments in or exposure to loans with financial maintenance covenants.

 

We may invest through joint ventures, partnerships or other special purpose vehicles and our investments through these vehicles may entail greater risks, or risks that we otherwise would not incur, if we otherwise made such investments directly.

 

We may make indirect investments in portfolio companies through joint ventures, partnerships or other special purpose vehicles (“Investment Vehicles”).  In general, the risks associated with indirect investments in portfolio companies through a joint venture, partnership or other special purpose vehicle are similar to those associated with a direct investment in a portfolio company. While we intend to analyze the credit and business of a potential portfolio company in determining whether to make an investment in an Investment Vehicle, we will nonetheless be exposed to the creditworthiness of the Investment Vehicle. In the event of a bankruptcy proceeding against the portfolio company, the assets of the portfolio company may be used to satisfy its obligations prior to the satisfaction of our investment in the Investment Vehicle (i.e., our investment in the Investment Vehicle could be structurally subordinated to the other obligations of the portfolio company). In addition, if we are to invest in an Investment Vehicle, we may be required to rely on our partners in the Investment Vehicle when making decisions regarding such Investment Vehicle’s investments, accordingly, the value of the investment could be adversely affected if our interests diverge from those of our partners in the Investment Vehicle.

 

65


Table of Contents

 

If the assets securing the loans that we make decrease in value, then we may lack sufficient collateral to cover losses.

 

To attempt to mitigate credit risks, we intend to take a security interest in the available assets of our portfolio companies. There is no assurance that we will obtain or properly perfect our liens.

 

There is a risk that the collateral securing our loans may decrease in value over time, may be difficult to sell in a timely manner, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based upon the success of the business and market conditions, including as a result of the inability of a portfolio company to raise additional capital. In some circumstances, our lien could be subordinated to claims of other creditors. Consequently, the fact that a loan is secured does not guarantee that we will receive principal and interest payments according to the loan’s terms, or that we will be able to collect on the loan should we be forced to enforce our remedies.

 

We may suffer a loss if a portfolio company defaults on a loan and the underlying collateral is not sufficient.

 

In the event of a default by a portfolio company on a secured loan, we will only have recourse to the assets collateralizing the loan. If the underlying collateral value is less than the loan amount, we will suffer a loss. In addition, we may make loans that are unsecured, which are subject to the risk that other lenders may be directly secured by the assets of the portfolio company. In the event of a default, those collateralized lenders would have priority over us with respect to the proceeds of a sale of the underlying assets. In cases described above, we may lack control over the underlying asset collateralizing our loan or the underlying assets of the portfolio company prior to a default, and as a result the value of the collateral may be reduced by acts or omissions by owners or managers of the assets.

 

In the event of bankruptcy of a portfolio company, we may not have full recourse to its assets in order to satisfy our loan, or our loan may be subject to “equitable subordination.” This means that depending on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which we actually provided significant “managerial assistance,” if any, to that portfolio company, a bankruptcy court might re-characterize our debt holding and subordinate all or a portion of our claim to that of other creditors. In addition, certain of our loans are subordinate to other debt of the portfolio company. If a portfolio company defaults on our loan or on debt senior to our loan, or in the event of a portfolio company bankruptcy, our loan will be satisfied only after the senior debt receives payment. Where debt senior to our loan exists, the presence of intercreditor arrangements may limit our ability to amend our loan documents, assign our loans, accept prepayments, exercise our remedies (through “standstill” periods) and control decisions made in bankruptcy proceedings relating to the portfolio company. Bankruptcy and portfolio company litigation can significantly increase collection losses and the time needed for us to acquire the underlying collateral in the event of a default, during which time the collateral may decline in value, causing us to suffer losses.

 

If the value of collateral underlying our loan declines or interest rates increase during the term of our loan, a portfolio company may not be able to obtain the necessary funds to repay our loan at maturity through refinancing. Decreasing collateral value and/or increasing interest rates may hinder a portfolio company’s ability to refinance our loan because the underlying collateral cannot satisfy the debt service coverage requirements necessary to obtain new financing. If a borrower is unable to repay our loan at maturity, we could suffer a loss which may adversely impact our financial performance.

 

66


Table of Contents

 

The credit ratings of certain of our investments may not be indicative of the actual credit risk of such rated instruments.

 

Rating agencies rate debt securities based upon their assessment of the likelihood of the receipt of principal and interest payments. Rating agencies do not consider the risks of fluctuations in market value or other factors that may influence the value of debt securities. Therefore, the credit rating assigned to a particular instrument may not fully reflect the true risks of an investment in such instrument. Credit rating agencies may change their methods of evaluating credit risk and determining ratings. These changes may occur quickly and often. While we may give some consideration to ratings, ratings may not be indicative of the actual credit risk of our investments in rated instruments.

 

Prepayments of our debt investments by our portfolio companies could adversely impact our results of operations and reduce our return on equity.

 

We are subject to the risk that the investments we make in our portfolio companies may be repaid prior to maturity. When this occurs, we will generally reinvest these proceeds in temporary investments, pending their future investment in new portfolio companies. These temporary investments will typically have substantially lower yields than the debt being prepaid and we could experience significant delays in reinvesting these amounts. Any future investment in a new portfolio company may also be at lower yields than the debt that was repaid. As a result, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected if one or more of our portfolio companies elect to prepay amounts owed to us. Additionally, prepayments, net of prepayment fees, could negatively impact our return on equity. This risk will be more acute when interest rates decrease, as we may be unable to reinvest at rates as favorable as when we made our initial investment.

 

A redemption of convertible securities held by us could have an adverse effect on our ability to achieve our investment objective.

 

A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible security’s governing instrument. If a convertible security held by us is called for redemption, we will be required to permit the issuer to redeem the security, convert it into the underlying common stock or sell it to a third party. Any of these actions could have an adverse effect on our ability to achieve our investment objective.

 

To the extent original issue discount (OID) and payment-in-kind (PIK) interest income constitute a portion of our income, we will be exposed to risks associated with the deferred receipt of cash representing such income.

 

Our investments may include OID and PIK instruments. To the extent OID and PIK constitute a portion of our income, we will be exposed to risks associated with such income being required to be included in income for financial reporting purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) and taxable income prior to receipt of cash, including the following:

 

·                           Original issue discount instruments may have unreliable valuations because the accruals require judgments about collectability or deferred payments and the value of any associated collateral;

 

·                           Original issue discount instruments may create heightened credit risks because the inducement to the borrower to accept higher interest rates in exchange for the deferral of cash payments typically represents, to some extent, speculation on the part of the borrower;

 

67


Table of Contents

 

·                           For U.S. GAAP purposes, cash distributions to shareholders that include a component of OID income do not come from paid-in capital, although they may be paid from the offering proceeds. Thus, although a distribution of OID income may come from the cash invested by the shareholders, the 1940 Act does not require that shareholders be given notice of this fact;

 

·                           The presence of OID and PIK creates the risk of non-refundable cash payments to the Adviser in the form of incentive fees on income based on non-cash OID and PIK accruals that may never be realized; and

 

·                           In the case of PIK, “toggle” debt, which gives the issuer the option to defer an interest payment in exchange for an increased interest rate in the future, the PIK election has the simultaneous effect of increasing the investment income, thus increasing the potential for realizing incentive fees.

 

Our portfolio companies may incur debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, our investments in such companies.

 

Our strategy focuses on investing primarily in the debt of privately owned U.S. companies with a focus on originated transactions sourced through the networks of the Adviser. Our portfolio companies may have, or may be permitted to incur, other debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, the debt in which we invest. By their terms, such debt instruments may entitle the holders to receive payment of interest or principal on or before the dates on which we are entitled to receive payments with respect to the debt instruments in which we invest. Also, in the event of insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of a portfolio company, any holders of debt instruments ranking senior to our investment in that portfolio company would typically be entitled to receive payment in full before we receive any distribution. After repaying such senior creditors, such portfolio company may not have any remaining assets to use for repaying its obligation to us. In the case of debt ranking equally with debt instruments in which we invest, we would have to share on an equal basis any distributions with other creditors holding such debt in the event of an insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of the relevant portfolio company and our portfolio company may not have sufficient assets to pay all equally ranking credit even if we hold senior, first-lien debt.

 

If we cannot obtain debt financing or equity capital on acceptable terms, our ability to acquire investments and to expand our operations will be adversely affected.

 

The net proceeds from the sale of our shares will be used for our investment opportunities, and, if necessary, the payment of operating expenses and the payment of various fees and expenses such as base management fees, incentive fees, other fees and distributions. Any working capital reserves we maintain may not be sufficient for investment purposes, and we may require additional debt financing or equity capital to operate. Pursuant to tax rules that apply to RICs, we will be required to distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, if any, to our Shareholders after we elect to be treated for tax purposes as a RIC. Accordingly, in the event that we need additional capital in the future for investments or for any other reason we may need to access the capital markets periodically to issue debt or equity securities or borrow from financial institutions in order to obtain such additional capital. These sources of funding may not be available to us due to unfavorable economic conditions, which could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. Consequently, if we cannot obtain further debt or equity financing on acceptable terms, our ability to acquire additional investments and to expand our operations will be adversely affected. As a result, we would be less able to diversify our portfolio and achieve our investment objective, which may negatively impact our results of operations and reduce our ability to make distributions to our Shareholders.

 

68


Table of Contents

 

Subordinated liens on collateral securing debt investments that we may make to portfolio companies may be subject to control by senior creditors with first priority liens. If there is a default, the value of the collateral may not be sufficient to repay in full both the first priority creditors and us.

 

Certain debt investments that we will make in portfolio companies will be secured on a second priority lien basis by the same collateral securing senior debt of such companies. We also make debt investments in portfolio companies secured on a first priority basis. The first priority liens on the collateral will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under any outstanding senior debt and may secure certain other future debt that may be permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company under the agreements governing the debt. In the event of a default, the holders of obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral will generally control the liquidation of and be entitled to receive proceeds from any realization of the collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of the collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from the sale or sales of all of the collateral would be sufficient to satisfy the debt obligations secured by the first priority or second priority liens after payment in full of all obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral. If such proceeds are not sufficient to repay amounts outstanding under the debt obligations secured by the first priority or second priority liens, then we, to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the collateral, will only have an unsecured claim against the portfolio company’s remaining assets, if any.

 

We may also make unsecured debt investments in portfolio companies, meaning that such investments will not benefit from any interest in collateral of such companies. Liens on any such portfolio company’s collateral, if any, will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under its outstanding secured debt and may secure certain future debt that is permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company under its secured debt agreements. The holders of obligations secured by such liens will generally control the liquidation of, and be entitled to receive proceeds from, any realization of such collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of such collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from sales of such collateral would be sufficient to satisfy our unsecured debt obligations after payment in full of all secured debt obligations. If such proceeds were not sufficient to repay the outstanding secured debt obligations, then our unsecured claims would rank equally with the unpaid portion of such secured creditors’ claims against the portfolio company’s remaining assets, if any.

 

The rights we may have with respect to the collateral securing the debt investments we make in our portfolio companies with senior debt outstanding may also be limited pursuant to the terms of one or more inter-creditor agreements that we enter into with the holders of senior debt. Under such an inter-creditor agreement, at any time obligations that have the benefit of the first priority liens are outstanding, any of the following actions that may be taken in respect of the collateral will be at the direction of the holders of the obligations secured by the first priority liens: the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement proceedings against the collateral; the ability to control the conduct of such proceedings; the approval of amendments to collateral documents; releases of liens on the collateral; and waivers of past defaults under collateral documents. We may not have the ability to control or direct such actions, even if our rights are adversely affected.

 

Certain of our investments may be adversely affected by laws relating to fraudulent conveyance or voidable preferences.

 

Certain of our investments could be subject to federal bankruptcy law and state fraudulent transfer laws, which vary from state to state, if the debt obligations relating to certain investments were issued with the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors or, in certain circumstances, if the issuer receives less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration in return for issuing such debt obligations. If the debt proceeds are used for a buyout of shareholders, this risk is greater than if the debt proceeds are used for day-to-day operations or organic growth. If a court were to find that the issuance of the debt obligations was a fraudulent transfer or conveyance, the court could void or otherwise refuse to recognize the payment obligations under the debt obligations or the collateral supporting such obligations, further subordinate the debt obligations or the liens supporting such obligations to other existing and future indebtedness of the issuer or require us to repay any amounts received by us with respect to the debt obligations or collateral. In the event of a finding that a fraudulent transfer or conveyance occurred, we may not receive any repayment on such debt obligations.

 

69


Table of Contents

 

Under certain circumstances, payments to us and distributions by us to our Shareholders may be reclaimed if any such payment or distribution is later determined to have been a fraudulent conveyance, preferential payment or similar transaction under applicable bankruptcy and insolvency laws. Furthermore, investments in restructurings may be adversely affected by statutes relating to, among other things, fraudulent conveyances, voidable preferences, lender liability and the court’s discretionary power to disallow, subordinate or disenfranchise particular claims or recharacterize investments made in the form of debt as equity contributions.

 

There may be circumstances where our debt investments could be subordinated to claims of other creditors or we could be subject to lender liability claims.

 

Although we intend to structure certain of our investments as senior debt, if one of our portfolio companies were to go bankrupt, depending on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which we provided managerial assistance to that portfolio company or a representative of us or the Adviser sat on the board of directors of such portfolio company, a bankruptcy court might re-characterize our debt investment and subordinate all or a portion of our claim to that of other creditors. In situations where a bankruptcy carries a high degree of political significance, our legal rights may be subordinated to other creditors.

 

In addition, a number of U.S. judicial decisions have upheld judgments obtained by borrowers against lending institutions on the basis of various evolving legal theories, collectively termed “lender liability.” Generally, lender liability is founded on the premise that a lender has violated a duty (whether implied or contractual) of good faith, commercial reasonableness and fair dealing, or a similar duty owed to the borrower or has assumed an excessive degree of control over the borrower resulting in the creation of a fiduciary duty owed to the borrower or its other creditors or shareholders. Because of the nature of our investments in portfolio companies (including that, as a business development company, we may be required to provide managerial assistance to those portfolio companies if they so request upon our offer), we may be subject to allegations of lender liability.

 

We generally will not control the business operations of our portfolio companies and, due to the illiquid nature of our holdings in our portfolio companies, we may not be able to dispose of our interests in our portfolio companies.

 

We do not currently, and do not expect in the future, to control most of our portfolio companies, although we may have board representation or board observation rights, and our debt agreements may impose certain restrictive covenants on our borrowers. As a result, we are subject to the risk that a portfolio company in which we invest may make business decisions with which we disagree and the management of such company, as representatives of the holders of their common equity, may take risks or otherwise act in ways that do not serve our interests as a debt investor. Due to the lack of liquidity for our investments in private companies, we may not be able to dispose of our interests in our portfolio companies as readily as we would like or at a favorable value. As a result, a portfolio company may make decisions that could decrease the value of our portfolio holdings.

 

70


Table of Contents

 

We will be exposed to risks associated with changes in interest rates.

 

General interest rate fluctuations may have a substantial negative impact on our investments and investment opportunities and, accordingly, may have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve our investment objective and the rate of return on invested capital. Because we may borrow money to make investments, our net investment income will depend, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds and the rate at which we invest these funds. As a result, there can be no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income.

 

Many of our debt investments are based on floating interest rates, such as LIBOR, EURIBOR, the Federal Funds Rate or the Prime Rate, that reset on a periodic basis, and that many of our investments will be subject to interest rate floors. A reduction in the interest rates on new investments relative to interest rates on current investments could have an adverse impact on our net investment income, which also could be negatively impacted by our borrowers making prepayments on their loans. On the other hand, an increase in interest rates could increase the interest repayment obligations of our borrowers and result in challenges to their financial performance and ability to repay their obligations. In addition, our cost of funds likely will increase because the interest rates on the majority of amounts we may borrow are likely to be floating, which could reduce our net investment income to the extent any debt investments have fixed interest rates, and the interest rate on investments with an interest rate floor will not increase until interest rates exceed the applicable floor.

 

Trading prices for debt that pays a fixed rate of return tend to fall as interest rates rise. Trading prices tend to fluctuate more for fixed-rate securities that have longer maturities. Moreover, an increase in interest rates available to investors could make investment in our Common Stock less attractive if we are not able to increase our dividend rate, which could reduce the value of our Common Stock. Federal Reserve policy, including with respect to certain interest rates and the decision to end its quantitative easing policy, may also adversely affect the value, volatility and liquidity of dividend- and interest-paying securities. Market volatility, rising interest rates and/or a return to unfavorable economic conditions could adversely affect our business.

 

We may enter into certain hedging transactions, such as interest rate swap agreements, in an effort to mitigate our exposure to adverse fluctuations in interest rates and we may increase our floating rate investments to position the portfolio for rate increases. However, we cannot assure you that such transactions will be successful in mitigating our exposure to interest rate risk or if we will enter into such interest rate hedges. Hedging transactions may also limit our ability to participate in the benefits of lower interest rates with respect to our portfolio investments.

 

We will not have a policy governing the maturities of our investments. This means that we are subject to greater risk (other things being equal) than a fund invested solely in shorter-term securities. A decline in the prices of the debt we own could adversely affect our net asset value. Also, an increase in interest rates available to investors could make an investment in our Common Stock less attractive if we are not able to increase our dividend rate.

 

To the extent that we make floating rate debt investments, a rise in the general level of interest rates would lead to higher interest rates applicable to our debt investments. Accordingly, an increase in interest rates may result in an increase in the amount of the Incentive Fee payable to the Adviser.

 

International investments create additional risks.

 

We may make investments in portfolio companies that are domiciled outside of the United States. Our investments in foreign portfolio companies are deemed “non-qualifying assets”, which means that, as required by the 1940 Act, such investments, along with other investments in non-qualifying assets, may not constitute more than 30% of our total assets at the time of our acquisition of any such asset, after giving effect to the acquisition. Notwithstanding the limitation on our ownership of foreign portfolio companies, such investments subject us to many of the same risks as our domestic investments, as well as certain additional risks, including the following:

 

71


Table of Contents

 

·         foreign governmental laws, rules and policies, including those relating to taxation and bankruptcy and restricting the ownership of assets in the foreign country or the repatriation of profits from the foreign country to the United States and any adverse changes in these laws;

 

·         foreign currency devaluations that reduce the value of and returns on our foreign investments;

 

·         adverse changes in the availability, cost and terms of investments due to the varying economic policies of a foreign country in which we invest;

 

·         adverse changes in tax rates, the tax treatment of transaction structures and other changes in operating expenses of a particular foreign country in which we invest;

 

·         the assessment of foreign-country taxes (including withholding taxes, transfer taxes and value added taxes, any or all of which could be significant) on income or gains from our investments in the foreign country;

 

·         changes that adversely affect the social, political and/or economic stability of a foreign country in which we invest;

 

·         high inflation in the foreign countries in which we invest, which could increase the costs to us of investing in those countries;

 

·         deflationary periods in the foreign countries in which we invest, which could reduce demand for our assets in those countries and diminish the value of such investments and the related investment returns to us; and

 

·         legal and logistical barriers in the foreign countries in which we invest that materially and adversely limit our ability to enforce our contractual rights with respect to those investments.

 

In addition, we may make investments in countries whose governments or economies may prove unstable. Certain of the countries in which we may invest may have political, economic and legal systems that are unpredictable, unreliable or otherwise inadequate with respect to the implementation, interpretation and enforcement of laws protecting asset ownership and economic interests. In some of the countries in which we may invest, there may be a risk of nationalization, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, which may have an adverse effect on our portfolio companies in those countries and the rates of return that we are able to achieve on such investments. We may also lose the total value of any investment which is nationalized, expropriated or confiscated. The financial results and investment opportunities available to us, particularly in developing countries and emerging markets, may be materially and adversely affected by any or all of these political, economic and legal risks.

 

We will expose ourselves to risks if we engage in hedging transactions.

 

We may enter into hedging transactions, which may expose us to risks associated with such transactions. We may seek to utilize instruments such as forward contracts, currency options and interest rate swaps, caps, collars and floors to seek to hedge against fluctuations in the relative values of our portfolio positions from changes in currency exchange rates and market interest rates and the relative value of certain debt securities from changes in market interest rates. Use of these hedging instruments may include counter-party credit risk. To the extent we have non-U.S. investments, particularly investments denominated in non-U.S. currencies, our hedging costs will increase.

 

Hedging against a decline in the values of our portfolio positions would not eliminate the possibility of fluctuations in the values of such positions or prevent losses if the values of such positions were to decline. However, such hedging can establish other positions designed to gain from those same developments, thereby offsetting the decline in the value of such portfolio positions. Such hedging transactions may also limit the opportunity for gain if the values of the underlying portfolio positions were to increase. It also may not be possible to hedge against an exchange rate or interest rate fluctuation that is so generally anticipated that we are not able to enter into a hedging transaction at an acceptable price.

 

72


Table of Contents

 

The success of our hedging strategy, if any, will depend on our ability to correctly identify appropriate exposures for hedging. Unanticipated changes in currency exchange rates or other exposures that we might hedge may result in poorer overall investment performance than if we had not engaged in any such hedging transactions. In addition, the degree of correlation between price movements of the instruments used in a hedging strategy and price movements in the portfolio positions being hedged may vary, as may the time period in which the hedge is effective relative to the time period of the related exposure.

 

For a variety of reasons, we may not seek to (or be able to) establish a perfect correlation between such hedging instruments and the positions being hedged. Any such imperfect correlation may prevent us from achieving the intended hedge and expose us to risk of loss. In addition, it may not be possible to hedge fully or perfectly against currency fluctuations affecting the value of securities denominated in non-U.S. currencies because the value of those securities is likely to fluctuate as a result of factors not related to currency fluctuations. Income derived from hedging transactions also is not eligible to be distributed to non-U.S. stockholders free from withholding taxes. Changes to the regulations applicable to the financial instruments we use to accomplish our hedging strategy could affect the effectiveness of that strategy. See “—Risks Related to Our Investments—The new market structure applicable to derivatives imposed by the Dodd-Frank Act may affect our ability to use over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives.” and “—Risks Related to Our Investments—We will be exposed to risks associated with changes in interest rates.”

 

The new market structure applicable to derivatives imposed by the Dodd-Frank Act, the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) and SEC may affect our ability to use over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives for hedging purposes.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act and the CFTC enacted and SEC has issued rules to implement, both broad new regulatory requirements and broad new structural requirements applicable to OTC derivatives markets and, to a lesser extent, listed commodity futures (and futures options) markets. Similar changes are in the process of being implemented in other major financial markets.

 

The CFTC and the SEC have issued final rules establishing that certain swap transactions are subject to CFTC regulation. Engaging in such swap or other commodity interest transactions such as futures contracts or options on futures contracts may cause us to fall within the definition of “commodity pool” under the Commodity Exchange Act and related CFTC regulations. The Adviser has claimed relief from CFTC registration and regulation as a commodity pool operator with respect to our operations, with the result that we are limited in our ability to use futures contracts or options on futures contracts or engage in swap transactions. Specifically, we are subject to strict limitations on using such derivatives other than for hedging purposes, whereby the use of derivatives not used solely for hedging purposes is generally limited to situations where (i) the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish such positions does not exceed five percent of the liquidation value of our portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts we have entered into; or (ii) the aggregate net notional value of such derivatives does not exceed 100% of the liquidation value of our portfolio.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act also imposed requirements relating to real-time public and regulatory reporting of OTC derivative transactions, enhanced documentation requirements, position limits on an expanded array of derivatives, and recordkeeping requirements. Taken as a whole, these changes could significantly increase the cost of using uncleared OTC derivatives to hedge risks, including interest rate and foreign exchange risk; reduce the level of exposure we are able to obtain for risk management purposes through OTC derivatives (including as the result of the CFTC imposing position limits on additional products); reduce the amounts available to us to make non-derivatives investments; impair liquidity in certain OTC derivatives; and adversely affect the quality of execution pricing obtained by us, all of which could adversely impact our investment returns.

 

73


Table of Contents

 

Our ability to enter into transactions involving derivatives and financial commitment transactions may be limited.

 

In November 2019, the SEC published a proposed rule regarding the ability of a BDC (or a registered investment company) to use derivatives and other transactions that create future payment or delivery obligations (except reverse repurchase agreements and similar financing transactions). If adopted as proposed, BDCs that use derivatives would be subject to a value-at-risk leverage limit, certain other derivatives risk management program and testing requirements and requirements related to board reporting. These new requirements would apply unless the BDC qualified as a “limited derivatives user,” as defined in the SEC’s proposal. A BDC that enters into reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions would need to aggregate the amount of indebtedness associated with the reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions with the aggregate amount of any other senior securities representing indebtedness when calculating the BDC’s asset coverage ratio. Under the proposed rule, a BDC may enter into an unfunded commitment agreement that is not a derivatives transaction, such as an agreement to provide financing to a portfolio company, if the BDC has a reasonable belief, at the time it enters into such an agreement, that it will have sufficient cash and cash equivalents to meet its obligations with respect to all of its unfunded commitment agreements, in each case as it becomes due. If the BDC cannot meet this test, it is required to treat unfunded commitments as a derivatives transaction subject to the requirements of the rule. Collectively, these proposed requirements, if adopted, may limit our ability to use derivatives and/or enter into certain other financial contracts.

 

We may enter into total return swaps that would expose us to certain risks, including market risk, liquidity risk and other risks similar to those associated with the use of leverage.

 

A total return swap is a contract in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in the market value of the assets underlying the total return swap, which may include a specified security or loan, basket of securities or loans or securities or loan indices during the specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate. A total return swap is typically used to obtain exposure to a security, loan or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or loan or investing directly in such market. A total return swap may effectively add leverage to our portfolio because, in addition to our total net assets, we would be subject to investment exposure on the amount of securities or loans subject to the total return swap. A total return swap is also subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations thereunder or that we will not be able to meet our obligations to the counterparty. In addition, because a total return swap is a form of synthetic leverage, such arrangements are subject to risks similar to those associated with the use of leverage.

 

Defaults by our portfolio companies could jeopardize a portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt or equity investments that we hold which could harm our operating results.

 

A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of its debt financing and foreclosure on its secured assets, which could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize a portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt or equity investments that we hold. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms, which may include the waiver of certain financial covenants, with a defaulting portfolio company.

 

74


Table of Contents

 

As part of our lending activities, we may in certain opportunistic circumstances originate loans to companies that are experiencing significant financial or business difficulties, including companies involved in bankruptcy or other reorganization and liquidation proceedings. Any such investment would involve a substantial degree of risk. In any reorganization or liquidation proceeding relating to a company that we fund, we may lose all or part of the amounts advanced to the borrower or may be required to accept collateral with a value less than the amount of the loan advanced by us to the borrower. In addition, some of the loans in which we may invest may be “covenant-lite” loans. We use the term “covenant-lite” loans to refer generally to loans that do not have a complete set of financial maintenance covenants. Generally, “covenant-lite” loans provide borrower companies more freedom to negatively impact lenders because their covenants are incurrence-based, which means they are only tested and can only be breached following an affirmative action of the borrower, rather than by a deterioration in the borrower’s financial condition. Accordingly, to the extent we invest in “covenant-lite” loans, we may have fewer rights against a borrower and may have a greater risk of loss on such investments as compared to investments in or exposure to loans with financial maintenance covenants.

 

Our portfolio may be focused on a limited number of portfolio companies or industries, which will subject us to a risk of significant loss if any of these companies defaults on its obligations under any of its debt instruments or if there is a downturn in a particular industry.

 

Beyond the asset diversification requirements associated with our qualification as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we do not have fixed guidelines for diversification. While we are not targeting any specific industries, our investments may be focused on relatively few industries. As a result, the aggregate returns we realize may be significantly adversely affected if a small number of investments perform poorly or if we need to write down the value of any one investment. Additionally, a downturn in any particular industry in which we are invested could significantly affect our aggregate returns.

 

We cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain various required licenses in U.S. states or in any other jurisdiction where they may be required in the future.

 

We are required to have and may be required in the future to obtain various state licenses to, among other things, originate commercial loans, and may be required to obtain similar licenses from other authorities, including outside of the United States, in the future in connection with one or more investments. Applying for and obtaining required licenses can be costly and take several months. We cannot assure you that we will maintain or obtain all of the licenses that we need on a timely basis. We also are and will be subject to various information and other requirements to maintain and obtain these licenses, and we cannot assure you that we will satisfy those requirements. Our failure to maintain or obtain licenses that we require, now or in the future, might restrict investment options and have other adverse consequences.

 

An investment strategy focused primarily on privately held companies presents certain challenges, including the lack of available information about these companies.

 

We invest primarily in privately held companies. Investments in private companies pose certain incremental risks as compared to investments in public companies including that they:

 

·         have reduced access to the capital markets, resulting in diminished capital resources and ability to withstand financial distress;

 

·         may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under their debt obligations that we hold, which may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of our realizing any guarantees we may have obtained in connection with our investment;

 

75


Table of Contents

 

·         may have shorter operating histories, narrower product lines and smaller market shares than larger businesses, which tend to render them more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and changing market conditions, as well as general economic downturns;

 

·         are more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a small group of persons and, therefore, the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on the company and, in turn, on us; and

 

·         generally have less predictable operating results, may from time to time be parties to litigation, may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence, and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance expansion or maintain their competitive position.

 

In addition, investments in private companies tend to be less liquid. The securities of private companies are not publicly traded or actively traded on the secondary market and are, instead, traded on a privately negotiated over-the-counter secondary market for institutional investors. These over-the-counter secondary markets may be inactive during an economic downturn or a credit crisis and in any event often have lower volumes than publicly traded securities even in normal market conditions. In addition, the securities in these companies will be subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or will otherwise be less liquid than publicly traded securities. If there is no readily available market for these investments, we are required to carry these investments at fair value as determined by the Board. As a result, if we are required to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we had previously recorded these investments. We may also face other restrictions on our ability to liquidate an investment in a portfolio company to the extent that we, the Adviser or any of its affiliates have material nonpublic information regarding such portfolio company or where the sale would be an impermissible joint transaction under the 1940 Act. The reduced liquidity of our investments may make it difficult for us to dispose of them at a favorable price, and, as a result, we may suffer losses.

 

Finally, little public information generally exists about private companies and these companies may not have third-party credit ratings or audited financial statements. We must therefore rely on the ability of the Adviser to obtain adequate information through due diligence to evaluate the creditworthiness and potential returns from investing in these companies, and to monitor the activities and performance of these investments. To the extent that we (or other clients of the Adviser) may hold a larger number of investments, greater demands will be placed on the Adviser’s time, resources and personnel in monitoring such investments, which may result in less attention being paid to any individual investment and greater risk that our investment decisions may not be fully informed. Additionally, these companies and their financial information will not generally be subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and other rules that govern public companies. If we are unable to uncover all material information about these companies, we may not make a fully informed investment decision, and we may lose money on our investments.

 

Certain investment analyses and decisions by the Adviser may be required to be undertaken on an expedited basis.

 

Investment analyses and decisions by the Adviser may be required to be undertaken on an expedited basis to take advantage of certain investment opportunities. While we generally will not seek to make an investment until the Adviser has conducted sufficient due diligence to make a determination as to the acceptability of the credit quality of the investment and the underlying issuer, in such cases, the information available to the Adviser at the time of making an investment decision may be limited. Therefore, no assurance can be given that the Adviser will have knowledge of all circumstances that may adversely affect an investment. In addition, the Adviser may rely upon independent consultants in connection with its evaluation of proposed investments. No assurance can be given as to the accuracy or completeness of the information provided by such independent consultants and we may incur liability as a result of such consultants’ actions, many of whom we will have limited recourse against in the event of any such inaccuracies.

 

We may not have the funds or ability to make additional investments in our portfolio companies.

 

After our initial investment in a portfolio company, we may be called upon from time to time to provide additional funds to such company or have the opportunity to increase our investment through the exercise of a warrant or other right to purchase common stock. There is no assurance that we will make, or will have sufficient funds to make, follow-on investments. Even if we do have sufficient capital to make a desired follow-on investment, we may elect not to make a follow-on investment because we may not want to increase our level of risk, we prefer other opportunities, we are limited in our ability to do so by compliance with business development company requirements or in order to maintain our RIC status. Our ability to make follow-on investments may also be limited by the Adviser’s allocation policies. Any decision not to make a follow-on investment or any inability on our part to make such an investment may have a negative impact on a portfolio company in need of such an investment, may result in a missed opportunity for us to increase our participation in a successful investment or may reduce the expected return to us on the investment.

 

76


Table of Contents

 

Legislation enacted in March 2018 may allow us to incur additional leverage.

 

The 1940 Act generally prohibits us from incurring indebtedness unless immediately after such borrowing we have an asset coverage for total borrowings  the ratio of our total assets (less total liabilities other than indebtedness represented by senior securities) to our total indebtedness represented by senior securities plus preferred stock, if any, must be at least 200%. However, legislation enacted in March 2018 modified the 1940 Act by allowing a BDC to increase the maximum amount of leverage it may incur from an asset coverage ratio of 200% to an asset coverage ratio of 150%, if certain requirements are met. This means that generally, a BDC can borrow up to $1 for every $1 of investor equity or, if certain requirements are met and it reduces its asset coverage ratio, it can borrow up to $2 for every $1 of investor equity. The reduced asset coverage requirement would permit a BDC to double the amount of leverage it could incur. Under the legislation, we are allowed to increase our leverage capacity if Shareholders representing at least a majority of the votes cast, when quorum is met, approve a proposal to do so. If we receive Shareholder approval, we would be allowed to increase our leverage capacity on the first day after such approval. Alternatively, the legislation allows the majority of our independent directors to approve an increase in our leverage capacity, and such approval would become effective after one year. In either case, we would be required to make certain disclosures on our website and in SEC filings regarding, among other things, the receipt of approval to increase our leverage, our leverage capacity and usage, and risks related to leverage. In addition, before incurring any such additional leverage, we would have to renegotiate or receive a waiver from the contractual leverage limitations under our existing credit facilities and notes. We cannot assure you that we will be able to negotiate a change to our credit facilities or notes to allow us to incur additional leverage or that any such an amendment will be available to us on favorable terms.

 

The Adviser, as our sole Shareholder, is expected to approve a proposal that will allow us to reduce our asset coverage ratio to 150%. Leverage magnifies the potential for loss on investments in our indebtedness and on invested equity capital. As we use leverage to partially finance our investments, you will experience increased risks of investing in our securities. If the value of our assets increases, then leveraging would cause the net asset value attributable to our Common Stock to increase more sharply than it would have had we not leveraged. Conversely, if the value of our assets decreases, leveraging would cause net asset value to decline more sharply than it otherwise would have had we not leveraged our business. Similarly, any increase in our income in excess of interest payable on the borrowed funds would cause our net investment income to increase more than it would without the leverage, while any decrease in our income would cause net investment income to decline more sharply than it would have had we not borrowed. Such a decline could negatively affect our ability to pay Common Stock dividends, scheduled debt payments or other payments related to our securities. Leverage is generally considered a speculative investment technique. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Structure - To the extent that we borrow money, the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested in us will be magnified and may increase the risk of investing in us. Borrowed money may also adversely affect the return on our assets, reduce cash available to service our debt or for distribution to our Shareholders, and result in losses.” In addition, rating agencies may be unwilling to rate our securities “investment grade” as a result of our reduced asset coverage ratio.

 

77


Table of Contents

 

Risks Related to our Common Stock

 

Our shares are not listed on an exchange or quoted through a quotation system and will not be listed for the foreseeable future, if ever. Therefore, our Shareholders will have limited liquidity.

 

Our shares are illiquid investments for which there is not a secondary market nor is it expected that any such secondary market will develop in the future. Our Common Stock is not registered under the 1933 Act, or any state securities law and will be restricted as to transfer by law and the terms of our charter.  Shareholders generally may not sell, assign or transfer their shares without prior written consent of the Adviser, which the Adviser may grant or withhold in its sole discretion. Except in limited circumstances for legal or regulatory purposes, Shareholders are not entitled to redeem their shares of our Common Stock. Shareholders must be prepared to bear the economic risk of an investment in us for an indefinite period of time.

 

We do not know at this time what circumstances will exist in the future and therefore we do not know what factors the Board will consider in determining whether to conduct an Exchange Listing. If we do undertake an Exchange Listing, we cannot assure you a public trading market will develop or, if one develops, that such trading market can be sustained. Shares of companies offered in an initial public offering often trade at a discount to the initial offering price due to underwriting discounts and related offering expenses. Also, shares of closed-end investment companies and business development companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. This characteristic of closed-end investment companies is separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value per share of Common Stock may decline. We cannot predict whether our Common Stock, if listed on a national securities exchange, will trade at, above or below net asset value.

 

A Shareholder’s interest in us will be diluted if we issue additional shares, which could reduce the overall value of an investment in us.

 

Our Shareholders do not have preemptive rights to purchase any shares we issue in the future. Our charter authorizes us to issue up to 500 million shares of Common Stock. Pursuant to our charter, a majority of our entire Board may amend our charter to increase the number of shares of Common Stock we may issue without Shareholder approval. The Board may elect to sell additional shares in the future or issue equity interests in private offerings. To the extent we issue additional equity interests at or below net asset value, your percentage ownership interest in us may be diluted. In addition, depending upon the terms and pricing of any additional offerings and the value of our investments, you may also experience dilution in the book value and fair value of your shares.

 

Under the 1940 Act, we generally are prohibited from issuing or selling our Common Stock at a price below net asset value per share, which may be a disadvantage as compared with certain public companies. We may, however, sell our Common Stock, or warrants, options, or rights to acquire our Common Stock, at a price below the current net asset value of our Common Stock if the Board and independent directors determine that such sale is in our best interests and the best interests of our Shareholders, and our Shareholders, including a majority of those Shareholders that are not affiliated with us, approve such sale. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price that, in the determination of the Board, closely approximates the fair value of such securities (less any distributing commission or discount). If we raise additional funds by issuing Common Stock or senior securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, our Common Stock, then the percentage ownership of our Shareholders at that time will decrease and you will experience dilution.

 

78


Table of Contents

 

Certain provisions of our charter and actions of the Board could deter takeover attempts and have an adverse impact on the value of shares of our Common Stock.

 

Our charter, as well as certain statutory and regulatory requirements, contain certain provisions that may have the effect of discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire us. The Board is divided into three classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms, which could prevent Shareholders from removing a majority of directors in any given election. The Board may, without Shareholder action, authorize the issuance of shares in one or more classes or series, including shares of preferred stock; and the Board may, without Shareholder action, amend our charter to increase the number of shares of our Common Stock, of any class or series, that we will have authority to issue. These anti-takeover provisions may inhibit a change of control in circumstances that could give the holders of shares of our Common Stock the opportunity to realize a premium over the value of shares of our Common Stock.

 

Investing in our Common Stock involves a high degree of risk.

 

The investments we make in accordance with our investment objective may result in a higher amount of risk than alternative investment options, including volatility or loss of principal. Our investments in portfolio companies may be highly speculative and aggressive and, therefore, an investment in our Common Stock may not be suitable for someone with lower risk tolerance.

 

The net asset value of our Common Stock may fluctuate significantly.

 

The net asset value and liquidity, if any, of the market for shares of our Common Stock may be significantly affected by numerous factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be directly related to our operating performance. These factors include:

 

·         changes in the value of our portfolio of investments and derivative instruments as a result of changes in market factors, such as interest rate shifts, and also portfolio specific performance, such as portfolio company defaults, among other reasons;

 

·         changes in regulatory policies or tax guidelines, particularly with respect to RICs or business development companies;

 

·         loss of RIC tax treatment or BDC status;

 

·         distributions that exceed our net investment income and net income as reported according to U.S. GAAP;

 

·         changes in earnings or variations in operating results;

 

·         changes in accounting guidelines governing valuation of our investments;

 

·         any shortfall in revenue or net income or any increase in losses from levels expected by investors;

 

·         departure of the Adviser or certain of its key personnel;

 

·         general economic trends and other external factors; and

 

·         loss of a major funding source.

 

79


Table of Contents

 

The amount of any distributions we may make is uncertain. We may not be able to pay you distributions, or be able to sustain distributions at any particular level, and our distributions per share, if any, may not grow over time, and our distributions per share may be reduced. We have not established any limit on the extent to which we may use borrowings, if any, and we may use offering proceeds to fund distributions (which may reduce the amount of capital we ultimately invest in portfolio companies).

 

Subject to the Board’s discretion and applicable legal restrictions, we intend to authorize and declare cash distributions on a monthly or quarterly basis and pay such distributions on a monthly or quarterly basis. We expect to pay distributions out of assets legally available for distribution. However, we cannot assure you that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a consistent targeted level of cash distributions or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. Our ability to pay distributions might be adversely affected by the impact of the risks described herein. In addition, the inability to satisfy the asset coverage test applicable to us as a business development company under the 1940 Act can limit our ability to pay distributions. Distributions from offering proceeds also could reduce the amount of capital we ultimately invest in debt or equity securities of portfolio companies. We cannot assure you that we will pay distributions to our Shareholders in the future.

 

Shareholders will experience dilution in their ownership percentage if they do not participate in our dividend reinvestment plan.

 

All distributions declared in cash payable to Shareholders that are participants in our dividend reinvestment plan will generally be automatically reinvested in shares of our Common Stock if the investor opts in to the plan. As a result, Shareholders that do not elect to participate in our dividend reinvestment plan may experience dilution over time. Shareholders who do not elect to participate in dividend reinvestment plan may experience accretion to the net asset value of their shares if our shares are trading at a premium to net asset value and dilution if our shares are trading at a discount to net asset value. The level of accretion or discount would depend on various factors, including the proportion of our Shareholders who participate in the plan, the level of premium or discount at which our shares are trading and the amount of the distribution payable to Shareholders.

 

The existence of a large number of outstanding shares and Shareholders prior to an Exchange Listing could negatively affect our stock price.

 

The ability of our Shareholders to liquidate their investments will be limited. If we were to conduct an Exchange Listing in the future, a large volume of sales of our shares could decrease the prevailing market prices of our Common Stock and could impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of equity securities in the future. The ability of our Shareholders to liquidate their investments would be limited during the Lock-Up Period; however, the mere perception of the possibility of these sales could depress the market price of our Common Stock and have a negative effect on our ability to raise capital in the future. In addition, anticipated downward pressure on our Common Stock price due to actual or anticipated sales of Common Stock from this market overhang could cause some institutions or individuals to engage in short sales of our Common Stock, which may itself cause the price of our stock to decline.

 

80


Table of Contents

 

Preferred stock could be issued with rights and preferences that would adversely affect holders of our Common Stock.

 

Under the terms of our charter, the Board is authorized to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series without Shareholder approval, which could potentially adversely affect the interests of existing Shareholders.

 

If we issue preferred stock or convertible debt securities, the net asset value of our Common Stock may become more volatile.

 

We cannot assure you that the issuance of preferred stock and/or convertible debt securities would result in a higher yield or return to the holders of our Common Stock. The issuance of preferred stock, debt securities or convertible debt would likely cause the net asset value of our Common Stock to become more volatile. If the dividend rate on the preferred stock, or the interest rate on the convertible debt securities, were to approach the net rate of return on our investment portfolio, the benefit of such leverage to the holders of our Common Stock would be reduced. If the dividend rate on the preferred stock, or the interest rate on the convertible debt securities, were to exceed the net rate of return on our portfolio, the use of leverage would result in a lower rate of return to the holders of Common Stock than if we had not issued the preferred stock or convertible debt securities. Any decline in the net asset value of our investment would be borne entirely by the holders of our Common Stock. Therefore, if the market value of our portfolio were to decline, the leverage would result in a greater decrease in net asset value to the holders of our Common Stock than if we were not leveraged through the issuance of preferred stock or debt securities. This decline in net asset value would also tend to cause a greater decline in the market price, if any, for our Common Stock.

 

There is also a risk that, in the event of a sharp decline in the value of our net assets, we would be in danger of failing to maintain required asset coverage ratios, which may be required by the preferred stock or convertible debt, or our current investment income might not be sufficient to meet the dividend requirements on the preferred stock or the interest payments on the debt securities. In order to counteract such an event, we might need to liquidate investments in order to fund the redemption of some or all of the preferred stock, debt securities or convertible debt. In addition, we would pay (and the holders of our Common Stock would bear) all costs and expenses relating to the issuance and ongoing maintenance of the preferred stock, convertible debt, or any combination of these securities. Holders of preferred stock or convertible debt may have different interests than holders of Common Stock and may at times have disproportionate influence over our affairs.

 

Holders of any preferred stock that we may issue will have the right to elect certain members of the Board and have class voting rights on certain matters.

 

The 1940 Act requires that holders of shares of preferred stock must be entitled as a class to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if dividends on such preferred stock are in arrears by two years or more, until such arrearage is eliminated. In addition, certain matters under the 1940 Act require the separate vote of the holders of any issued and outstanding preferred stock, including changes in fundamental investment restrictions and conversion to open-end status and, accordingly, preferred shareholders could veto any such changes. Restrictions imposed on the declarations and payment of dividends or other distributions to the holders of our Common Stock and preferred stock, both by the 1940 Act and by requirements imposed by rating agencies, might impair our ability to maintain our tax treatment as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

81


Table of Contents

 

Federal Income Tax Risks

 

We cannot predict how tax reform legislation will affect us, our investments, or our Shareholders, and any such legislation could adversely affect our business.

 

Legislative or other actions relating to taxes could have a negative effect on us. The rules dealing with U.S. federal income taxation are constantly under review by persons involved in the legislative process and by the Internal Revenue Service and the U.S. Treasury Department. In December 2017, the U.S. House of Representatives and U.S. Senate passed tax reform legislation, which the President signed into law. Such legislation has made many changes to the Code, including significant changes to the taxation of business entities, the deductibility of interest expense, and the tax treatment of capital investment. We cannot predict with certainty how any changes in the tax laws might affect us, our Shareholders, or our portfolio investments. New legislation and any U.S. Treasury regulations, administrative interpretations or court decisions interpreting such legislation could significantly and negatively affect our ability to qualify for tax treatment as a RIC or the U.S. federal income tax consequences to us and our Shareholders of such qualification, or could have other adverse consequences. Shareholders are urged to consult with their tax advisor regarding tax legislative, regulatory, or administrative developments and proposals and their potential effect on an investment in our securities.

 

We will be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax if we are unable to qualify for and maintain our tax treatment as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code or if we make investments through taxable subsidiaries.

 

To qualify for and maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code, we must meet the following annual distribution, income source and asset diversification requirements. See “Item 1(c). Description of Business—Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.

 

The Annual Distribution Requirement for a RIC will be satisfied if we distribute to our Shareholders on an annual basis at least 90% of our “investment company taxable income,” which is generally our net ordinary income plus the excess, if any, of realized net short-term capital gains over realized net long-term capital losses. In addition, a RIC may, in certain cases, satisfy the 90% distribution requirement by distributing dividends relating to a taxable year after the close of such taxable year under the “spillback dividend” provisions of Subchapter M. We would be taxed, at regular corporate rates, on retained income and/or gains, including any short-term capital gains or long-term capital gains. Because we may use debt financing, we are subject to (i) an asset coverage ratio requirement under the 1940 Act and may, in the future, be subject to (ii) certain financial covenants under loan and credit agreements that could, under certain circumstances, restrict us from making distributions necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources, or choose or are required to retain a portion of our taxable income or gains, we could (1) be required to pay income and/or excise taxes or (2) fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment, and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax on all our taxable income (including gains) regardless of whether or not such income and gains are distributed to shareholders.

 

The income source requirement will be satisfied if we obtain at least 90% of our annual income from dividends, interest, gains from the sale of stock or securities, or other income derived from the business of investing in stock or securities.

 

The asset diversification requirement will be satisfied if we meet certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each quarter of our taxable year. Specifically, at least 50% of the value of our assets must consist of cash, cash-equivalents (including receivables), U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs, and other acceptable securities if such securities or any one issuer do not represent more than 5% of the value of our assets or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer; and no more than 25% of the value of our assets can be invested in the securities, other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer, of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable Code rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or of certain “qualified publicly traded partnerships.” Failure to meet these requirements may result in our having to dispose of certain investments quickly in order to prevent the loss of RIC status. Because most of our investments will be in private companies, and therefore will be relatively illiquid, any such dispositions could be made at disadvantageous prices and could result in substantial losses.

 

82


Table of Contents

 

If we fail to qualify for or maintain RIC tax treatment for any reason and are subject to corporate income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distribution, and the amount of our distributions.

 

We may invest in certain debt and equity investments through taxable subsidiaries and the net taxable income of these taxable subsidiaries will be subject to federal and state corporate income taxes. We may invest in certain foreign debt and equity investments which could be subject to foreign taxes (such as income tax, withholding, and value added taxes).

 

We may have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income.

 

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash. For example, since we will likely hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having OID (such as debt instruments with PIK, secondary market purchases of debt securities at a discount to par, interest or, in certain cases, increasing interest rates or debt instruments that were issued with warrants), we must include in income each year a portion of the OID that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. We may also have to include in income other amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as unrealized appreciation for foreign currency forward contracts and deferred loan origination fees that are paid after origination of the loan or are paid in non-cash compensation such as warrants or stock. Furthermore, we may invest in non-U.S. corporations (or other non-U.S. entities treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that could be treated under the Code and U.S. Treasury regulations as “passive foreign investment companies” and/or “controlled foreign corporations.” The rules relating to investment in these types of non-U.S. entities are designed to ensure that U.S. taxpayers are either, in effect, taxed currently (or on an accelerated basis with respect to corporate-level events) or taxed at increased tax rates at distribution or disposition. In certain circumstances this could require us to recognize income where we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash.

 

Unrealized appreciation on derivatives, such as foreign currency forward contracts, may be included in taxable income while the receipt of cash may occur in a subsequent period when the related contract expires. Any unrealized depreciation on investments that the foreign currency forward contracts are designed to hedge are not currently deductible for tax purposes. This can result in increased taxable income whereby we may not have sufficient cash to pay distributions or we may opt to retain such taxable income and pay a 4% excise tax. In such cases we could still rely upon the “spillback provisions” to maintain RIC tax treatment.

 

We anticipate that a portion of our income may constitute OID or other income required to be included in taxable income prior to receipt of cash. Further, we may elect to amortize market discounts with respect to debt securities acquired in the secondary market and include such amounts in our taxable income in the current year, instead of upon disposition, as an election not to do so would limit our ability to deduct interest expenses for tax purposes. Because any OID or other amounts accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the year of the accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our Shareholders in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, even if we will not have received any corresponding cash amount. As a result, we may have difficulty meeting the Annual Distribution Requirement necessary to maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code. We may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital, make a partial share distribution, or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, and choose not to make a qualifying share distribution, we may fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax.

 

83


Table of Contents

 

If we are not treated as a “publicly offered regulated investment company,” as defined in the Code, certain U.S. shareholders will be treated as having received a dividend from us in the amount of such U.S. shareholders’ allocable share of the base management fee and incentive fees paid to the Adviser and some of our expenses, and these fees and expenses will be treated as miscellaneous itemized deductions of such U.S. shareholders.

 

A “publicly offered regulated investment company” is a RIC whose shares are either (i) continuously offered pursuant to a public offering within the meaning of Section 4 of the 1933 Act, (ii) regularly traded on an established securities market or (iii) held by at least 500 persons at all times during the taxable year. While we anticipate that we will constitute a publicly offered RIC, there can be no assurance that we will in fact so qualify for any of our taxable years. If we are not treated as a publicly offered regulated investment company for any calendar year, each U.S. shareholder that is an individual, trust or estate will be treated as having received a dividend from us in the amount of such U.S. shareholder’s allocable share of the base management fee and incentive fees paid to the Adviser and certain of our other expenses for the calendar year, and these fees and expenses will be treated as miscellaneous itemized deductions of such U.S. shareholder. Individuals are not allowed to take miscellaneous itemized deductions  for the 2018 through 2025 tax years, such deductions are not deductible for purposes of the alternative minimum tax and are subject to the overall limitation on itemized deductions under the Code.

 

ITEM 2. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

Overview

 

We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Maryland on January 27, 2020. We intend to file an election to be treated as a BDC under the 1940 Act, and intend to elect to be treated as a regulated investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Once we elect to be treated as a BDC, we will be required to comply with various regulatory requirements, such as the requirement to invest at least 70% of our assets in “qualifying assets,” source of income limitations, asset diversification requirements, and the requirement to distribute annually at least 90% of our taxable income and tax-exempt interest. See “Item 1(c). Description of Business — Regulation as a Business Development Company” and “Item 1(c). Description of Business — Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences — Taxation as a Regulated Investment Company.

 

We are currently in the development stage and have not commenced operations. Since inception, there has been no activity other than an initial $1,500 capital contribution received from the Adviser, our initial Shareholder, in exchange for 100 shares of Common Stock. To date, our efforts have been limited to organizational and initial operating activities, the cost of which has been borne by the Adviser. We have agreed to repay the Adviser for all initial organization and operating costs incurred upon receipt of a formal commitment of external capital. In the event receipt of a formal commitment of external capital does not occur, all initial organization and operating costs will be borne by the Adviser. As there has been no formal commitment of external capital to date, no such costs have been recorded by us.

 

COVID-19 Developments

 

In March 2020, the outbreak of the novel strain of coronavirus known as “COVID-19” was recognized as a pandemic by the World Health Organization. Shortly thereafter, the President of the United States declared a National Emergency throughout the United States attributable to such outbreak. The outbreak has become increasingly widespread in the United States, including in the markets in which we expect to operate.

 

We have and continue to assess the impact of COVID-19 on the market generally and on any of our potential portfolio companies. We cannot predict the full impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, including its duration in the United States and worldwide and the magnitude of the economic impact of the outbreak, including with respect to the travel restrictions, business closures and other quarantine measures imposed on service providers and other individuals by various local, state, and federal governmental authorities, as well as non-U.S. governmental authorities. As such, we are unable to predict the duration of any business and supply-chain disruptions or the impact that such disruptions may ultimately have on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

84


Table of Contents

 

Revenues

 

We plan to generate revenues in the form of interest income from the debt securities we hold and dividends and capital appreciation on either direct equity investments or equity interests obtained in connection with originating loans, such as options, warrants or conversion rights. The debt we invest in will typically not be rated by any rating agency, but if it were, it is likely that such debt would be below investment grade. In addition, we may also generate revenue in the form of commitment, loan origination, structuring or diligence fees, fees for providing managerial assistance to our portfolio companies, and possibly consulting fees. Certain of these fees may be capitalized and amortized as additional interest income over the life of the related loan.

 

Expenses

 

Except as specifically provided below, we anticipate that all investment professionals and staff of the Adviser, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory and management services to us, and the base compensation, bonus and benefits, and the routine overhead expenses, of such personnel allocable to such services, will be provided and paid for by the Adviser. In addition, the Adviser shall be solely responsible for any placement or “finder’s” fees payable to placement agents engaged by the Company or its affiliates in connection with the offering of securities by the Company. We will bear our allocable portion of the costs of the compensation, benefits and related administrative expenses (including travel expenses) of our officers who provide operational and administrative services hereunder, their respective staffs and other professionals who provide services to us (including, in each case, employees of the Adviser or an affiliate) who assist with the preparation, coordination, and administration of the foregoing or provide other “back office” or “middle office” financial or operational services to us. We shall reimburse the Adviser (or its affiliates) for an allocable portion of the compensation paid by the Adviser (or its affiliates) to such individuals (based on a percentage of time such individuals devote, on an estimated basis, to our business affairs and in acting on our behalf). We also will bear all other costs and expenses of our operations, administration and transactions, including, but not limited to (i) investment advisory fees, including Management Fees and Incentive Fees, to the Adviser, pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement; (ii) our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses (including rent, office equipment and utilities) incurred by the Adviser in performing its administrative obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement, and (iii) all other expenses of its operations and transactions including, without limitation, those relating to:

 

·                  the cost of our organization and any offerings;

 

·                  the cost of calculating our net asset value, including the cost of any third-party valuation services;

 

·                  the cost of effecting any sales and repurchases of the Common Stock and other securities;

 

·                  fees and expenses payable under any dealer manager agreements, if any;

 

·                  debt service and other costs of borrowings or other financing arrangements;

 

·                  costs of hedging;

 

·                  expenses, including travel expense, incurred by the Adviser, or members of the Investment Team, or payable to third parties, performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies and, if necessary, enforcing our rights;

 

·                  escrow agent, transfer agent and custodial fees and expenses;

 

·                  fees and expenses associated with marketing efforts;

 

85


Table of Contents

 

·                  federal and state registration fees, any stock exchange listing fees and fees payable to rating agencies;

 

·                  federal, state and local taxes;

 

·                  independent directors’ fees and expenses, including certain travel expenses;

 

·                  costs of preparing financial statements and maintaining books and records and filing reports or other documents with the SEC (or other regulatory bodies) and other reporting and compliance costs, including registration fees, listing fees and licenses, and the compensation of professionals responsible for the preparation of the foregoing;

 

·                  the costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to Shareholders (including printing and mailing costs),

 

·                  the costs of any Shareholder or director meetings and the compensation of personnel responsible for the preparation of the foregoing and related matters;

 

·                  commissions and other compensation payable to brokers or dealers;

 

·                  research and market data;

 

·                  fidelity bond, directors and officers errors and omissions liability insurance and other insurance premiums;

 

·                  direct costs and expenses of administration, including printing, mailing, long distance telephone and staff;

 

·                  fees and expenses associated with independent audits, outside legal and consulting costs;

 

·                  costs of winding up;

 

·                  costs incurred in connection with the formation or maintenance of entities or vehicles to hold our assets for tax or other purposes;

 

·                  extraordinary expenses (such as litigation or indemnification); and

 

·                  costs associated with reporting and compliance obligations under the 1940 Act and applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

Hedging

 

We may, but are not required to, enter into interest rate, foreign exchange or other derivative agreements to hedge interest rate, currency, credit or other risks, but we do not generally intend to enter into any such derivative agreements for speculative purposes. Any derivative agreements entered into for speculative purposes are not expected to be material to our business or results of operations. These hedging activities, which will be in compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements, may include the use of futures, options and forward contracts. We will bear the costs incurred in connection with entering into, administering and settling any such derivative contracts. There can be no assurance any hedging strategy we employ will be successful.

 

Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

As we have not yet commenced commercial activities, the only transaction to date has been the receipt of an initial capital contribution of $1,500 from the Adviser, our initial Shareholder, in exchange for 100 shares of our securities. We expect to generate cash primarily from (i) the net proceeds of the Private Offering, (ii) cash flows from our operations, (iii) any financing arrangements we may enter into in the future and (iv) any future offerings of our equity or debt securities. We may fund a portion of our investments through borrowings from banks and issuances of senior securities.

 

Our primary use of cash will be for (i) investments in portfolio companies and other investments to comply with certain portfolio diversification requirements, (ii) the cost of operations (including paying the Adviser), (iii) debt service of any borrowings and (iv) cash distributions to the holders of our Common Stock.

 

86


Table of Contents

 

Contractual Obligations

 

We have entered into an Investment Advisory Agreement and an Administration Agreement with our Adviser to provide us with investment advisory services and administrative services. Payments for investment advisory services under the Investment Advisory Agreements and reimbursements under the Administration Agreement are described in “Item 1(c). Description of Business — Investment Advisory Agreement,” “Item 1(c). Description of Business — Administration Agreement,” and “Item 1(c). Description of Business — Payment of Our Expenses under the Investment Advisory and Administration Agreements.”

 

We intend to establish one or more credit facilities and/or subscription facilities or enter into other financing arrangements to facilitate investments and the timely payment of our expenses. It is anticipated that any such credit facilities will bear interest at floating rates at to be determined spreads over LIBOR. We cannot assure Shareholders that we will be able to enter into a credit facility on favorable terms or at all. In connection with a credit facility or other borrowings, lenders may require us to pledge assets, commitments and/or drawdowns (and the ability to enforce the payment thereof) and may ask to comply with positive or negative covenants that could have an effect on our operations.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We may become a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of our business to fund investments and to meet the financial needs of our portfolio companies. These instruments may include commitments to extend credit and involve, to varying degrees, elements of liquidity and credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheet.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

Uncertainty with respect to the economic effects of the COVID-19 outbreak has introduced significant volatility in the financial markets, and the effect of the volatility could materially impact our market risks, including those listed below.

 

We are subject to financial market risks, including changes in interest rates. We plan to invest primarily in illiquid debt and equity securities of private companies. Most of our investments will not have a readily available market price, and we will value these investments at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors in accordance with our valuation policy. There is no single standard for determining fair value in good faith. As a result, determining fair value requires that judgment be applied to the specific facts and circumstances of each portfolio investment while employing a consistently applied valuation process for the types of investments we make. See “Item 9. Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Shareholder Matters—Valuation of Portfolio Securities.”

 

Related Parties

 

See “Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence” for a description of certain transactions and relationships with related parties.

 

ITEM 3. PROPERTIES

 

Our corporate headquarters are located at 399 Park Avenue, 38th floor, New York, New York 10022 and are provided by the Adviser in accordance with the terms of the Administration Agreement. We believe that our office facilities are suitable and adequate for our business as it is contemplated to be conducted.

 

87


Table of Contents

 

ITEM 4. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

 

The following table sets forth, as of June 5, 2020, certain ownership information with respect to our Common Stock for those persons who directly or indirectly own, control or hold with the power to vote, five percent or more of our outstanding Common Stock and all officers and directors, as a group.

 

Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 100 shares of Common Stock outstanding as of June 5, 2020. Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that each beneficial owner set forth in the table has sole voting and investment power over such shares.

 

Name and Address

 

Number of
Shares Owned

 

Percentage of
class outstanding

 

5% Owners

 

 

 

 

 

Owl Rock Diversified Advisors LLC(1)(2)(3)

 

100

 

100

%

Interested Directors(4) 

 

 

 

 

 

Douglas I. Ostrover

 

 

 

Craig W. Packer

 

 

 

Alan Kirshenbaum

 

 

 

Independent Directors(4)

 

 

 

 

 

Edward D’Alelio

 

 

 

Christopher M. Temple

 

 

 

Brian Finn

 

 

 

Eric Kaye

 

 

 

Executive Officers(4)

 

 

 

 

 

Karen Hager

 

 

 

Bryan Cole

 

 

 

Alexis Maged

 

 

 

Neena Reddy

 

 

 

 

 

All officers and directors as a group (11 persons)

 

 

 

 


(1)         The address for Owl Rock Diversified Advisors LLC is 399 Park Avenue, 38th Floor, New York, New York 10022.

(2)         In conjunction with our formation, we issued and sold 100 shares of our Common Stock to the Adviser, for an aggregate purchase price of $1,500. We expect that the Adviser will be our sole stockholder until the Initial Drawdown and the issuance of shares in connection therewith has been completed.

(3)         The Adviser is a subsidiary of Owl Rock Capital Partners. Members of management are owners of Owl Rock Capital Partners and, as a result, may be deemed to be the beneficial owners of the shares held by the Adviser.

(4)         The address for each of the directors and officers is c/o Owl Rock Capital Corporation III, 399 Park Avenue, 38th Floor, New York, New York 10022.

 

ITEM 5. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. The responsibilities of the Board of Directors include, among other things, the oversight of our investment activities, the quarterly valuation of the our assets, oversight of its financing arrangements and corporate governance activities. The Board of Directors consists of seven members, four of whom are not “interested persons” of the Company or of the Adviser as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act and are “independent,” as determined by the Board of Directors. These individuals are referred to as independent directors. The Board of Directors elects our executive officers, who serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

 

88


Table of Contents

 

Board of Directors and Executive Officers

 

Directors

 

Under the Charter, the directors are divided into three classes. Directors of each class will hold office for terms ending at the third annual meeting of Shareholders after their election and when their respective successors are elected and qualify. However, the initial members of the three classes of directors have initial terms ending at the first, second and third annual meeting of Shareholders after the Initial Closing, respectively. Each director will hold office for the term to which he or she is elected and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies.

 

Information regarding the Board of Directors is as follows:

 

Name

 

Year of
Birth

 

Position

 

Director
Since

 

Expiration of
Term

 

Interested Directors:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Douglas I. Ostrover

 

1962

 

Director

 

2020

 

2021

 

Craig W. Packer

 

1966

 

Director, Chief Executive Officer and President

 

2020

 

2022

 

Alan Kirshenbaum

 

1971

 

Director, Chief Operating Officer

 

2020

 

2022

 

Independent Directors:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Edward D’Alelio

 

1952

 

Chairman of the Board, Director

 

2020

 

2022

 

Christopher M. Temple

 

1967

 

Director

 

2020

 

2021

 

Brian Finn

 

1960

 

Director

 

2020

 

2023

 

Eric Kaye

 

1963

 

Director

 

2020

 

2023

 

 

The address for each of our directors is c/o Owl Rock Capital Corporation III, 399 Park Avenue, 38th Floor, New York, New York 10022.

 

Executive Officers

 

Name

 

Year of Birth

 

Position

Craig W. Packer

 

1966

 

Chief Executive Officer and President

Alan Kirshenbaum

 

1971

 

Chief Operating Officer

Karen Hager

 

1972

 

Chief Compliance Officer

Bryan Cole

 

1984

 

Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer

Alexis Maged

 

1965

 

Vice President

Neena Reddy

 

1978

 

Vice President and Secretary

 

Biographical Information

 

Directors

 

Our directors have been divided into two groups — interested directors and independent directors. An interested director is an “interested person” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.

 

89


Table of Contents

 

Interested Directors

 

Douglas I. Ostrover

 

Mr. Ostrover is a Co-Founder of Owl Rock Capital Partners LP and also serves as Chief Executive Officer and Co-Chief Investment Officer of each of the Owl Rock Advisers, is a member of the Investment Committee of each of the Existing BDCs and is expected to be a member of the Company’s Investment Committee. In addition, Mr. Ostrover has served on the boards of Owl Rock Capital Corporation and Owl Rock Capital Corporation II since 2016 and on the board of Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp. since 2018. Prior to co-founding Owl Rock, Mr. Ostrover was one of the founders of GSO Capital Partners (GSO), Blackstone’s alternative credit platform, and a Senior Managing Director at Blackstone until 2015. Prior to co-founding GSO in 2005, Mr. Ostrover was a Managing Director and Chairman of the Leveraged Finance Group of Credit Suisse First Boston (CSFB). Prior to his role as Chairman, Mr. Ostrover was Global Co-Head of CSFB’s Leveraged Finance Group, during which time he was responsible for all of CSFB’s origination, distribution and trading activities relating to high yield securities, leveraged loans, high yield credit derivatives and distressed securities. Mr. Ostrover was a member of CSFB’s Management Council and the Fixed Income Operating Committee. Mr. Ostrover joined CSFB in November 2000 when CSFB acquired Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette (“DLJ”), where he was a Managing Director in charge of High Yield and Distressed Sales, Trading and Research. Mr. Ostrover had been a member of DLJ’s high yield team since he joined the firm in 1992. Mr. Ostrover is actively involved in non-profit organizations including serving on the Board of Directors of the Michael J. Fox Foundation. Mr. Ostrover is also a board member of the Brunswick School. Mr. Ostrover received a B.A. in Economics from the University of Pennsylvania and an M.B.A. from New York University Stern School of Business.

 

90


Table of Contents

 

We believe Mr. Ostrover’s depth of experience in corporate finance, capital markets and financial services, gives the Board valuable industry-specific knowledge and expertise on these and other matters, and his history with us and the Adviser, will provide an important skillset and knowledge base to the Board.

 

Craig W. Packer

 

Mr. Packer is a Co-Founder of Owl Rock Capital Partners LP and also serves as Co-Chief Investment Officer of each of the Owl Rock Advisers and President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Existing BDCs and is expected to be a member of the Company’s Investment Committee. In addition, Mr. Packer has served on the boards of Owl Rock Capital Corporation and Owl Rock Capital Corporation II since 2016 and on the board of Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp. since 2018. Prior to co-founding Owl Rock, Mr. Packer was Co-Head of Leveraged Finance in the Americas at Goldman, Sachs & Co., where he served on the Firmwide Capital Committee, Investment Banking Division (“IBD”) Operating Committee, IBD Client and Business Standards Committee and the IBD Risk Committee. Mr. Packer joined Goldman, Sachs & Co. as a Managing Director and Head of High Yield Capital Markets in 2006 and was named partner in 2008. Prior to joining Goldman Sachs, Mr. Packer was the Global Head of High Yield Capital Markets at Credit Suisse First Boston, and before that he worked at Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Mr. Packer serves as Treasurer and member of the Board of Trustees of Greenwich Academy, and Co-Chair of the Honorary Board of Kids in Crisis, a nonprofit organization that serves children in Connecticut, and on the Advisory Board for the McIntire School of Commerce, University of Virginia. Mr. Packer earned a B.S. from the University of Virginia and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

 

We believe Mr. Packer’s depth of experience in corporate finance, capital markets and financial services gives the Board valuable industry-specific knowledge and expertise on these and other matters, and his history with us and the Adviser will provide an important skillset and knowledge base to the Board.

 

Alan Kirshenbaum

 

Mr. Kirshenbaum is Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Owl Rock Capital Partners LP and also serves as the Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of each of the Owl Rock Advisers, Owl Rock Capital Corporation and Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp. and the Chief Operating Officer of the Company and Owl Rock Capital Corporation II. In addition, Mr. Kirshenbaum has served on the board of Owl Rock Capital Corporation since 2015, on the board of Owl Rock Capital Corporation II since 2016 and on the board of Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp. since 2018. Prior to Owl Rock, Mr. Kirshenbaum was Chief Financial Officer of TPG Specialty Lending, Inc., a business development company traded on the NYSE (TSLX). Mr. Kirshenbaum was responsible for building and overseeing TSLX’s finance, treasury, accounting and operations functions from 2011 through 2015, including during its initial public offering in March 2014. From 2011 to 2013, Mr. Kirshenbaum was also Chief Financial Officer of TPG Special Situations Partners. From 2007 to 2011, Mr. Kirshenbaum was the Chief Financial Officer of Natsource, a private investment firm and, prior to that, Managing Director, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of MainStay Investments. Mr. Kirshenbaum joined Bear Stearns Asset Management (“BSAM”) in 1999 and was BSAM’s Chief Financial Officer from 2003 to 2006. Before joining BSAM, Mr. Kirshenbaum worked in public accounting at KPMG and J.H. Cohn. Mr. Kirshenbaum is actively involved in a variety of non-profit organizations including the Boy Scouts of America and as trustee for the Jewish Federation of Greater MetroWest NJ. Mr. Kirshenbaum is also a member of the Rutgers University Dean’s Cabinet. Mr. Kirshenbaum received a B.S. from Rutgers University and an M.B.A. from New York University Stern School of Business.

 

We believe Mr. Kirshenbaum’s finance and operations experience and prior experience going through the initial public offering process, including serving as chief financial officer for a publicly traded business development company, as well as a history with us and the Adviser, will provide an important skillset and knowledge base to the Board.

 

Independent Directors

 

Brian Finn

 

Mr. Finn served as the Chief Executive Officer of Asset Management Finance Corporation from 2009 to March 2013 and as its Chairman from 2008 to March 2013. From 2004 to 2008, Mr. Finn was Chairman and Head of Alternative Investments at Credit Suisse Group. Mr. Finn has held many positions within Credit Suisse and its predecessor firms, including President of Credit Suisse First Boston (CSFB), President of Investment Banking, Co-President of Institutional Securities, Chief Executive Officer of Credit Suisse USA and a member of the Office of the Chairman of CSFB. He was also a member of the Executive Board of Credit Suisse. Mr. Finn served as principal and partner of private equity firm Clayton, Dubilier & Rice from 1997 to 2002. Mr. Finn currently serves as Chairman of Covr Financial Technologies Corp., a director of The Scotts Miracle Gro Company and WaveGuide Corporation, Chairman of Star Mountain Capital, a lower middle market credit investment firm, Investment Partner of Nyca Partners, a financial technology venture capital firm and a director of Sarcos Robotics. Since 2016 he has served on the boards of Owl Rock Capital Corporation and Owl Rock Capital Corporation II and since 2018 he has served on the board of Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp. Mr. Finn received a B.S. in Economics from The Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania.

 

91


Table of Contents

 

We believe Mr. Finn’s numerous management positions and broad experiences in the financial services sector provide him with skills and valuable insight in handling complex financial transactions and issues, all of which make him well qualified to serve on the Board of Directors.

 

Eric Kaye

 

Mr. Kaye is the founder of Kayezen, LLC (formerly, ARQ^EX Fitness Systems), a physical therapy and fitness equipment design company. Prior to founding Kayezen, Mr. Kaye served as a Vice Chairman and Managing Director of UBS Investment Bank, and a member of the division’s Global Operating and U.S. Executive Committees, from June 2001 to May 2012. For the majority of Mr. Kaye’s tenure with UBS, he was a Managing Director and led the firm’s Exclusive Sales and Divestitures Group, where he focused on advising middle market companies. Prior to joining UBS, Mr. Kaye has served as Global Co-Head of Mergers & Acquisitions for Robertson Stephens, an investment banking firm, from February 1998 to June 2001. Mr. Kaye joined Robertson Stephens from PaineWebber where he served as Executive Director and head of the firm’s Technology Mergers & Acquisitions team. Since 2016 he has served on the board of Owl Rock Capital Corporation and Owl Rock Capital Corporation II and since 2018 he has served on the board of Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp. Mr. Kaye holds a B.A. from Union College and an M.B.A. from Columbia Business School.

 

We believe Mr. Kaye’s management positions and experiences in the middle market will provide the Board of Directors with valuable insight.

 

Edward D’Alelio

 

Mr. D’Alelio was formerly a Managing Director and CIO for Fixed Income at Putnam Investments, Boston, where he served from 1989 until he retired in 2002. While at Putnam, he served on the Investment Policy Committee, which was responsible for oversight of all investments. He also sat on various Committees including attribution and portfolio performance. Prior to joining Putnam, he was a portfolio manager at Keystone Investments and prior to that, he was an Investment Analyst at The Hartford Ins. Co. Since 2002, Mr. D’Alelio has served as an Executive in Residence at the University of Mass., Boston—School of Management. He is also chair of the investment committee of the UMass Foundation and chair of the UMass Memorial Hospital investment committee and serves on its corporate board. He serves on the Advisory Committees of Ceres Farms. Since September 2009 he has served as director of Vermont Farmstead Cheese. Since January 2008 he has served on the board of Blackstone/GSO Long Short Credit Fund & Blackstone/GSO Sen. Flt Rate Fund. Since 2016 he has served on the boards of Owl Rock Capital Corporation and Owl Rock Capital Corporation II and since 2018 he has served on the board of Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp. Mr. D’Alelio’s previous corporate board assignments include Archibald Candy, Doane Pet Care and Trump Entertainment Resorts. Mr. D’Alelio is a graduate of the Univ. of Mass Boston and has an M.B.A. from Boston University.

 

We believe Mr. D’Alelio’s numerous management positions and broad experiences in the financial services sector provide him with skills and valuable insight in handling complex financial transactions and issues, all of which make him well qualified to serve on the Board of Directors.

 

92


Table of Contents

 

Christopher M. Temple

 

Mr. Temple has served as President of DelTex Capital LLC, a private investment firm, since its founding in 2010. Mr. Temple has served as an Operating Executive/Consultant for Tailwind Capital, LLC, a New York based middle market private equity firm, since June 2011. Prior to forming DelTex Capital, Mr. Temple served as President of Vulcan Capital, the investment arm of Vulcan Inc., from May 2009 until December 2009 and as Vice President of Vulcan Capital from September 2008 to May 2009. Prior to joining Vulcan in September 2008, Mr. Temple served as a managing director at Tailwind Capital, LLC from May to August 2008. Prior to joining Tailwind, Mr. Temple was a managing director at Friend Skoler & Co., Inc. from May 2005 to May 2008. From April 1996 to December 2004, Mr. Temple was a managing director at Thayer Capital Partners. Mr. Temple started his career in the audit and tax departments of KPMG’s Houston office and was a licensed CPA from 1989 to 1993. Mr. Temple has served on the board of directors of Plains GP Holdings, L.P., the general partner of Plains All American Pipeline Company since November 2016 and as a director of Plains All American Pipeline, L.P.’s (“PAA”) general partner from May 2009 to November 2016. He was a member of the PAA Audit Committee from to 2016. Prior public board service includes board and audit committee service for Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings from April 2011 to May 2016 and on the board and audit committee of Charter Communications Inc. from November 2009 through January 2011. In addition to public boards, as part of his role with Tailwind, Mr. Temple has served on private boards including Brawler Industries,  and National HME and currently serves on the board of Loenbro, Inc. and HMT, LLC. Since 2016 he has served on the boards of Owl Rock Capital Corporation and Owl Rock Capital Corporation II and since 2018 he has served on the board of Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp. Mr. Temple holds a B.B.A., magna cum laude, from the University of Texas and an M.B.A. from Harvard.

 

We believe Mr. Temple’s broad investment management background, together with his financial and accounting knowledge, brings important and valuable skills to the Board of Directors.

 

Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors

 

Karen Hager

 

Ms. Hager is a Managing Director of Owl Rock Capital Partners LP and also serves as the Chief Compliance Officer of each of the Owl Rock Advisers, each of the Existing BDCs and the Company. Prior to joining Owl Rock in 2018, Ms. Hager was Chief Compliance Officer at Abbott Capital Management. Previous to Abbott, Ms. Hager worked as SVP, Director of Global Compliance and Chief Compliance Officer at The Permal Group, and as Director of Compliance at Dominick & Dominick Advisors LLC. Prior to joining Dominick & Dominick Advisors LLC, Ms. Hager was a Senior Securities Compliance Examiner/Staff Accountant at the US Securities and Exchange Commission. Ms. Hager received a B.S. in Accounting from Brooklyn College of the City University of New York.

 

Bryan Cole

 

Mr. Cole is a Managing Director of Owl Rock Capital Partners and serves as the Chief Accounting Officer of each of the Existing BDCs, as the Chief Financial Officer of Owl Rock Capital Corporation II and as the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer of the Company. Prior to joining Owl Rock in 2016, Mr. Cole was Assistant Controller of Business Development Corporation of America, a non-traded business development company, where he was responsible for overseeing the finance, accounting, financial reporting, operations and internal controls functions. Preceding that role, Mr. Cole worked within the Financial Services-Alternative Investments practice of PwC where he specialized in financial reporting, fair valuation of illiquid investments and structured products, internal controls and other technical accounting matters pertaining to alternative investment advisors, hedge funds, business development companies and private equity funds. Mr. Cole received a B.S. in Accounting from Fordham University and is a licensed Certified Public Accountant in New York.

 

93


Table of Contents

 

Alexis Maged

 

Mr. Maged is a Managing Director of Owl Rock Capital Partners LP and also serves as the Head of Underwriting and Portfolio Management for each of the Owl Rock Advisers and as Vice President of each of the Existing BDCs and the Company, and is a member of the Investment Committee of each of the Existing BDCs and the Company. Prior to joining Owl Rock in 2016, Mr. Maged was Chief Financial Officer of Barkbox, Inc., a New York-based provider of pet-themed products and technology, from 2014 to 2015. Prior to that, Mr. Maged was a Managing Director with Goldman Sachs & Co. from 2007 until 2014. At Goldman Sachs & Co., Mr. Maged held several leadership positions, including Chief Operating Officer of the investment bank’s Global Credit Finance businesses, Co-Chair of the Credit Markets Capital Committee and a member of the Firmwide Capital Committee. Prior to assuming that role in 2011, Mr. Maged served as Chief Underwriting Officer for the Americas and oversaw the U.S. Bank Debt Portfolio Group and US Loan Negotiation Group. From mid-2007 to the end of 2008, Mr. Maged was Head of Bridge Finance Capital Markets in the Americas Financing Group’s Leveraged Finance Group, where he coordinated the firm’s High Yield Bridge Lending and Syndication business. Prior to joining Goldman, Sachs & Co, Mr. Maged was Head of the Bridge Finance Group at Credit Suisse and also worked in the Loan Capital Markets Group at Donaldson, Lufkin and Jenrette. Upon DLJ’s merger with Credit Suisse in 2000, Mr. Maged joined Credit Suisse’s Syndicated Loan Group and, in 2003, founded its Bridge Finance Group. Earlier in his career, Mr. Maged was a member of the West Coast Sponsor Coverage Group at Citigroup and the Derivatives Group at Republic National Bank, as well as a founding member of the Loan Syndication Group at Swiss Bank Corporation. Mr. Maged received a B.A. from Vassar College and an M.B.A. from New York University Stern School of Business.

 

Neena Reddy

 

Ms. Reddy is a Managing Director and the General Counsel of Owl Rock Capital Partners LP, and also serves as Vice President and Secretary of each of the Existing BDCs and the Company. Prior to joining Owl Rock in 2019, Ms. Reddy was counsel at Goldman Sachs Asset Management, where she was responsible for direct alternative products, including private credit. Previously, Ms. Reddy was an attorney at Boies Schiller Flexner LLP and Debevoise & Plimpton LLP. Ms. Reddy received a B.A. in English from Georgetown University and a J.D. from New York University School of Law. Prior to becoming an attorney, Ms. Reddy was a financial analyst at Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

Leadership Structure and Oversight Responsibilities

 

Overall responsibility for the Company’s oversight rests with the Board of Directors. The Company entered into the Investment Advisory Agreement pursuant to which the Adviser will manage the Company on a day-to-day basis. The Board of Directors is responsible for overseeing the Adviser and other service providers in the Company’s operations in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, applicable provisions of state and other laws and the Charter. The Board of Directors consists of seven members, four of whom are not “interested persons” of the Company or the Adviser as defined in the 1940 Act. The Board of Directors will meet in-person at regularly scheduled quarterly meetings each year. In addition, the Board of Directors may hold special in-person or telephonic meetings or informal conference calls to discuss specific matters that may arise or require action between regular meetings. As described below, the Board of Directors has established a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and an Audit Committee, and may establish ad hoc committees or working groups from time to time, to assist the Board of Directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities.

 

94


Table of Contents

 

The Board of Directors has appointed Edward D’Alelio, an independent director, to serve in the role of Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman’s role is to preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and to act as a liaison with the Adviser, counsel and other directors generally between meetings. The Chairman serves as a key point person for dealings between management and the directors. The Chairman also may perform such other functions as may be delegated by the Board of Directors from time to time. The Board of Directors will review matters related to its leadership structure annually. The Board of Directors has determined that its  leadership structure is appropriate because it will allow the Board of Directors to exercise informed and independent judgment over the matters under its purview and it allocates areas of responsibility among committees of directors and the full Board in a manner that enhances effective oversight.

 

The Company is subject to a number of risks, including investment, compliance, operational and valuation risks, among others. Risk oversight forms part of the Board of Directors’ general oversight of the Company and will be  addressed as part of various Board of Directors and committee activities. Day-to-day risk management functions will be subsumed within the responsibilities of the Adviser and other service providers (depending on the nature of the risk), who carry out the Company’s investment management and business affairs. The Adviser and other service providers will employ a variety of processes, procedures and controls to identify various events or circumstances that give rise to risks, to lessen the probability of their occurrence and/or to mitigate the effects of such events or circumstances if they do occur. Each of the Adviser and other service providers has their own independent interest in risk management, and their policies and methods of risk management will depend on their functions and business models. The Board of Directors recognizes that it is not possible to identify all of the risks that may affect the Company or to develop processes and controls to eliminate or mitigate their occurrence or effects. As part of its regular oversight of the Company, the Board of Directors will interact with and review reports from, among others, the Adviser, the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm and counsel, as appropriate, regarding risks faced by the Company and applicable risk controls. The Board of Directors may, at any time and in its discretion, change the manner in which it conducts risk oversight.

 

Committees

 

The Board of Directors has an Audit Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and may form additional committees in the future.

 

Audit Committee

 

The Audit Committee is currently composed of Messrs. D’Alelio, Finn, Kaye and Temple, each of whom is not considered an “interested person” of the Company as that term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. Mr. Temple serves as Chair of the Audit Committee. The Board of Directors has determined that Messrs. Temple and Finn are each an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined under Item 407 of Regulation S-K, as promulgated under the 1934 Act. Messrs. D’Alelio, Finn, Kaye and Temple meet the current independence and experience requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the 1934 Act.

 

In accordance with its written charter adopted by the Board of Directors, the Audit Committee (a) assists the Board’s oversight of the integrity of our financial statements, the independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence, our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and the performance of our independent registered public accounting firm; (b) prepares an Audit Committee report, if required by the SEC, to be included in our annual proxy statement; (c) oversees the scope of the annual audit of our financial statements, the quality and objectivity of our financial statements, accounting and financial reporting policies and internal controls; (d) determines the selection, appointment, retention and termination of our independent registered public accounting firm, as well as approving the compensation thereof; (e) pre-approves all audit and non-audit services provided to us and certain other persons by such independent registered public accounting firm; and (f) acts as a liaison between our independent registered public accounting firm and the Board of Directors.

 

95


Table of Contents

 

Each member of the Audit Committee simultaneously serves on the audit committees of four public companies, and the Board has determined that each member’s simultaneous service on the audit committees of other public companies does not impair such member’s ability to effectively serve on the Audit Committee.

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

 

The members of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee (the “Nominating Committee”) are Messrs. D’Alelio, Finn, Kaye and Temple, each of whom is not considered an “interested person” of the Company as that term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. Mr. Kaye serves as Chair of the Nominating Committee.

 

In accordance with its written charter adopted by the Board of Directors, the Nominating Committee recommends to the Board of Directors persons to be nominated by the Board of Directors for election at our meetings of Shareholders, special or annual, if any, or to fill any vacancy on the Board of Directors that may arise between Shareholder meetings. The Nominating Committee also makes recommendations with regard to the tenure of the directors and is responsible for overseeing an annual evaluation of the Board of Directors and its committee structure to determine whether the structure is operating effectively. The Nominating Committee also recommends to the Board of Directors the compensation to be paid to the independent directors of the Board of Directors. The Nominating Committee will consider for nomination to the Board of Directors candidates submitted by Shareholders or from other sources it deems appropriate.

 

Compensation Committee

 

The Board of Directors does not currently intend to delegate any authority to a compensation committee because our executive officers will not receive any direct compensation from us.

 

Indemnification Agreements

 

We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors. The indemnification agreements are intended to provide our directors the maximum indemnification permitted under Maryland law and the 1940 Act. Each indemnification agreement provides that we will indemnify the director who is a party to the agreement including the advancement of legal expenses, if, by reason of his or her corporate status, such director is, or is threatened to be, made a party to or a witness in any threatened, pending, or completed proceeding, other than a proceeding by or in the right of the Company.

 

96


Table of Contents

 

Portfolio Management

 

The management of the Company’s investment portfolio will be the responsibility of the Adviser and the Investment Committee. The Company will consider these individuals to be its portfolio managers. The Adviser’s investment team (the “Investment Team”) is led by Douglas I. Ostrover, Marc S. Lipschultz and Craig W. Packer and is supported by certain members of the Adviser’s senior executive team and the Investment Committee. The Investment Team, under the Investment Committee’s supervision, will source investment opportunities, conduct research, perform due diligence on potential investments, structure the Company’s investments and monitor the Company’s portfolio companies on an ongoing basis. The Investment Committee will meet regularly to consider the Company’s investments, direct its strategic initiatives and supervise the actions taken by the Adviser on its behalf. In addition, the Investment Committee will review and determine whether to make prospective investments and monitor the performance of the investment portfolio. Each investment opportunity will require the unanimous approval of the Investment Committee. Follow-on investments in existing portfolio companies may require the Investment Committee’s approval beyond that obtained when the initial investment in the portfolio company was made. In addition, temporary investments, such as those in cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high quality debt investments that mature in one year or less, may require approval by the Investment Committee. The compensation packages of certain Investment Committee members from the Adviser will include various combinations of discretionary bonuses and variable incentive compensation based primarily on performance for services provided.

 

None of the Adviser’s investment professionals will receive any direct compensation from the Company in connection with the management of the Company’s portfolio. Certain members of the Investment Committee, through their financial interests in the Adviser, are entitled to a portion of the profits earned by the Adviser, which will include any fees payable to the Adviser under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, less expenses incurred by the Adviser in performing its services under the Investment Advisory Agreement.

 

The Investment Team performs a similar role for Owl Rock Capital Corporation, with a total amount of approximately $9.4 billion of total assets as of March 31, 2020 and Owl Rock Capital Corporation II, with a total amount of approximately $1.7 billion of total assets as of March 31, 2020 from which ORCA may receive incentive fees, for Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp., with a total of approximately $2.0 billion of total assets as of March 31, 2020 from which ORTFA may receive incentive fees, and for the First Lien Fund, with a total of approximately $1.4 billion of total assets as of March 31, 2020 from which ORPFA may receive incentive fees. From time to time the Investment Team may perform a similar role for other entities managed by the Owl Rock Advisers. See “Item 7— Related-Party Transactions and Certain Relationships” for a description of the Owl Rock Advisers’ investment allocation policy governing allocations of investments among us and other investment vehicles with similar or overlapping strategies, as well as a description of certain other relationships between us and the Adviser. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Adviser and its Affiliates—We may compete for capital and investment opportunities with other entities managed by the Adviser or its affiliates, subjecting the Adviser to certain conflicts of interests” for a discussion of potential conflicts of interests.

 

The Adviser

 

Owl Rock Diversified Advisors LLC will serve as the Company’s investment adviser pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement. The Adviser is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. The Adviser is an indirect subsidiary of Owl Rock Capital Partners. Owl Rock Capital Partners is led by its three co-founders, Douglas I. Ostrover, Marc S. Lipschultz and Craig W. Packer.  The Investment Team is also led by Douglas I. Ostrover, Marc S. Lipschultz and Craig W. Packer and is supported by certain members of the Adviser’s senior executive team and the Investment Committee. The Investment Committee is comprised of Douglas I. Ostrover, Marc S. Lipschultz, Craig W. Packer and Alexis Maged. Subject to the overall supervision of the Board of Directors, the Adviser will manage the day-to-day operations of, and provide investment advisory and management services to, the Company pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement.

 

97


Table of Contents

 

The Adviser is affiliated with ORCA, ORTA and ORPFA, which also are investment advisers and subsidiaries of Owl Rock Capital Partners. ORCA serves as investment adviser to Owl Rock Capital Corporation and Owl Rock Capital Corporation II. Owl Rock Capital Corporation and Owl Rock Capital Corporation II are corporations formed under the laws of the State of Maryland that have elected to be treated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. Owl Rock Capital Corporation’s and Owl Rock Capital Corporation II’s investment objective is similar to ours, which is to generate current income, and to a lesser extent, capital appreciation by targeting investment opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns. ORTA serves as investment adviser to Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp. and ORPFA serves as investment adviser to, among other clients, Owl Rock First Lien Master Fund, L.P. Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp. is a BDC and its investment objective is to maximize total return by generating current income from its debt investments and other income producing securities, and capital appreciation from its equity and equity-linked investments. Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp. has adopted a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its assets in technology-related companies.

 

In addition to the Existing BDCs and the Private Funds, the Adviser and its affiliates may provide management or investment advisory services to entities that have overlapping objectives with us. The Adviser and its affiliates may face conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities to us and others. In order to address these conflicts, the Owl Rock Advisers have put in place an investment allocation policy that addresses the allocation of investment opportunities as well as co-investment restrictions under the 1940 Act. In addition, we intend to rely on exemptive relief that has been granted by the SEC to the Adviser and certain affiliates to co-invest with other funds managed by the Adviser or its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. Pursuant to such exemptive relief, we generally are permitted to co-invest with certain of our affiliates if a “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) of our independent directors make certain conclusions in connection with a co-investment transaction, including that (1) the terms of the transaction, including the consideration to be paid, are reasonable and fair to us and our shareholders and do not involve overreaching of us or our shareholders on the part of any person concerned, (2) the transaction is consistent with the interests of our shareholders and is consistent with our investment objective and strategies, and (3) the investment by our affiliates would not disadvantage us, and our participation would not be on a basis different from or less advantageous than that on which our affiliates are investing. We may also rely on an exemptive order issued by the SEC on April 8, 2020 and applicable to all BDCs, pursuant to which, through December 31, 2020, we may, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, co-invest in our existing portfolio companies with certain other funds managed by the Adviser or its affiliates and covered by our exemptive relief, even if such other funds have not previously invested in such existing portfolio company. Without this order, affiliated funds would not be able to participate in such co-investments with us unless the affiliated funds had previously acquired securities of the portfolio company in a co-investment transaction with us. The Owl Rock Advisers’ investment allocation policy incorporates the conditions of the exemptive relief. As a result of the exemptive relief, there could be significant overlap in our investment portfolio and the investment portfolio of the Existing BDCs and/or other funds established by the Adviser or its affiliates that could avail themselves of the exemptive relief. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Adviser and its Affiliates—We may compete for capital and investment opportunities with other entities managed by the Adviser or its affiliates, subjecting the Adviser to certain conflicts of interest.”

 

The Adviser or its affiliates may engage in certain origination activities and receive attendant arrangement, structuring or similar fees from portfolio companies. See “ITEM 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Adviser and its Affiliates—The Adviser and its affiliates may face conflicts of interest with respect to services performed for issuers in which we invest.”

 

See “Item 7. Related-Party Transactions and Certain Relationships” and “Promoters and Certain Control Persons.

 

98


Table of Contents

 

Investment Team and Investment Committee

 

All investment decisions require the unanimous approval of the Investment Committee. The Investment Committee is comprised of Douglas I. Ostrover, Marc S. Lipschultz, Craig W. Packer and Alexis Maged. The Investment Team will source investment opportunities, conduct research, perform due diligence on potential investments, structure our investments and monitor our portfolio companies on an ongoing basis.  The Board of Directors, including a majority of independent directors, will oversee and monitor the investment performance and, beginning with the second anniversary of the effective date of the Investment Advisory Agreement, will annually review the compensation the Company pays to the Adviser to determine that the provisions of the Investment Advisory Agreement are carried out. See “Item 1(c). Description of Business —Investment Advisory Agreement” for more information, including information regarding the termination provisions of the Investment Advisory Agreement.

 

Information regarding the Investment Team, including the Investment Committee is as follows:

 

Name

 

Year of Birth

Investment Team*

 

 

Douglas I. Ostrover**

 

1962

Marc S. Lipschultz**

 

1969

Craig Packer**

 

1966

Alexis Maged**

 

1965

 


* From time to time the Investment Team is supported by additional members of the Adviser’s senior executive team.

** Member of the Investment Committee.

 

Biographical information regarding members of the Investment Team, including the Investment Committee, who are not directors or executive officers of the Company is as follows:

 

Marc S. Lipschultz

 

Mr. Lipschultz is a co-founder and the President of Owl Rock Capital Partners and Co-Chief Investment Officer of each of the Owl Rock Advisers, is a member of the Investment Committee of each of the Existing BDCs and is expected to be a member of the Company’s Investment Committee. Prior to founding Owl Rock, Mr. Lipschultz spent more than two decades at KKR, and he served on the firm’s Management Committee and as the Global Head of Energy and Infrastructure. Mr. Lipschultz has a wide range of experience in alternative investments, including leadership roles in private equity, infrastructure and direct-asset investing. Prior to joining KKR, Mr. Lipschultz was with Goldman, Sachs & Co., where he focused on mergers and acquisitions and principal investment activities. He received an A.B. with honors and distinction, Phi Beta Kappa, from Stanford University and an M.B.A. with high distinction, Baker Scholar, from Harvard Business School. Mr. Lipschultz serves on the board of the Hess Corporation, and is actively involved in a variety of non-profit organizations, serving as a trustee or board member of the American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research, Michael J. Fox Foundation, Mount Sinai Health System, Riverdale Country School and as the President of the board of directors of the 92nd Street Y.

 

ITEM 6. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Compensation of Executive Officers

 

We do not currently have any employees and do not expect to have any employees. Services necessary for our business are provided by individuals who are employees of the Adviser or its affiliates, pursuant to the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement, as applicable. Our day-to-day investment and administrative operations are managed by the Adviser. Most of the services necessary for the origination and administration of our investment portfolio will be provided by investment professionals employed by the Adviser or its affiliates.

 

99


Table of Contents

 

None of our executive officers will receive direct compensation from us. We will bear our allocable portion of the costs of the compensation, benefits and related administrative expenses (including travel expenses) of our officers who provide operational and administrative services hereunder, their respective staffs and other professionals who provide services to us (including, in each case, employees of the Adviser or an affiliate) who assist with the preparation, coordination, and administration of the foregoing or provide other “back office” or “middle office” financial or operational services to us. We shall reimburse the Adviser (or its affiliates) for an allocable portion of the compensation paid by the Adviser (or its affiliates) to such individuals (based on a percentage of time such individuals devote, on an estimated basis, to our business affairs and in acting on our behalf).The members of the Investment Committee, through their financial interests in the Adviser, are entitled to a portion of the profits earned by the Adviser, which includes any fees payable to the Adviser under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, less expenses incurred by the Adviser in performing its services under the Investment Advisory Agreement. See “Item 1(c). Description of Business — Investment Advisory Agreement” and “Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.”

 

Compensation of Directors

 

No compensation is expected to be paid to our directors who are “interested persons,” as such term is defined in Section 2(a) (19) of the 1940 Act. We will pay each independent director the following amounts for serving as a director:

 

 

 

 

 

Annual Committee Chair Cash Retainer

 

 

 

Annual Cash
Retainer

 

Board
Meeting Fee

 

Chair of the
Board

 

Audit
Committee
Chair

 

Committee
Chair

 

Committee
Meeting Fee

 

$

150,000

 

$

2,500

 

$

25,000

 

$

15,000

 

$

5,000

 

$

2,500

 

 

We are also authorized to pay the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of each independent director incurred by such director in connection with the fulfillment of his or her duties as an independent director.

 

ITEM 7. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

Transactions with Related Persons, Promoters and Certain Control Persons

 

Investment Advisory Agreement; Administration Agreement

 

We have entered into the Investment Advisory Agreement with the Adviser pursuant to which we will pay Management Fees and Incentive Fees to the Adviser. In addition, pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement, we will reimburse the Adviser for certain expenses as they occur. See “Item 1(c). Description of Business — Investment Advisory Agreement,” “Item 1(c). Description of Business — Administration Agreement,” and “Item 1(c). Description of Business — Payment of Our Expenses under the Investment Advisory and Administration Agreements.” The Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement have been approved by the Board of Directors. Unless earlier terminated, the Investment Advisory Agreement will remain in effect for a period of two years from the date it first becomes effective and will remain in effect from year-to-year thereafter if approved annually by a majority of the Board of Directors, including a majority of independent directors, or by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities.

 

100


Table of Contents

 

License Agreement

 

We have entered into the License Agreement with Owl Rock Capital Partners, pursuant to which Owl Rock Capital Partners has granted us a non-exclusive license to use the name “Owl Rock.” Under the License Agreement, we have a right to use the Owl Rock name for so long as the Adviser or one of its affiliates remains our investment adviser. Other than with respect to this limited license, we have no legal right to the “Owl Rock” name or logo.

 

Affiliated Dealer Manager and Placement Agent

 

We have entered into a dealer manager agreement with the Adviser and Owl Rock Securities pursuant to which Owl Rock Securities and certain participating broker-dealers will solicit Capital Commitments. In addition, we have entered into a placement agent agreement with Owl Rock Securities pursuant to which employees of Owl Rock Securities may conduct placement activities.

 

Owl Rock Securities, an affiliate of Owl Rock Capital Partners, is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. In addition, from time to time the Company may enter into agreements with additional broker-dealers or placement agents to solicit Capital Commitments.

 

Relationship with the Adviser and Potential Conflicts of Interest

 

Our executive officers, certain of our directors and certain other finance professionals of Owl Rock Capital Partners also serve as executives of the Owl Rock Advisers and certain of our officers and directors and professionals of Owl Rock Capital Partners, and the Owl Rock Advisers are officers of Owl Rock Capital Securities LLC. In addition, our executive officers and directors and the members of the Adviser and members of its investment committee serve or may serve as officers, directors or principals of entities, including the Existing BDCs and the Private Funds, that operate in the same, or a related, line of business as we do or of investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles managed by our affiliates. These investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles may have investment objectives similar to our investment objective. We may compete with entities managed by the Adviser and its affiliates, including the Existing BDCs and the Private Funds, for capital and investment opportunities. As a result, we may not be given the opportunity to participate in certain investments made by investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles managed by the Adviser or its affiliates or by members of the investment committee. However, in order to fulfill its fiduciary duties to us and any of its future clients, the Adviser intends to allocate investment opportunities in a manner that is fair and equitable over time and is consistent with the Owl Rock Advisers’ investment allocation policy, so that we are not disadvantaged in relation to any other client, taking into account such factors as the relative amounts of capital available for new investments, cash on hand, existing commitments and reserves, the investment programs and portfolio positions of the participating investment accounts, the clients for which participation is appropriate, targeted leverage level, targeted asset mix and any other factors deemed appropriate. In addition, expenses may be incurred that are attributable to us and other entities managed by the Adviser and its affiliates, including the Existing BDCs and the Private Funds.

 

101


Table of Contents

 

Policies and Procedures for Managing Conflicts

 

The Owl Rock Advisers intend to allocate investment opportunities in a manner that is fair and equitable over time and is consistent with its allocation policy, so that no client of the Adviser or its affiliates is disadvantaged in relation to any other client of the Adviser or its affiliates, taking into account such factors as the relative amounts of capital available for new investments, cash on hand, existing commitments and reserves, the investment programs and portfolio positions of the participating investment accounts, the clients for which participation is appropriate, targeted leverage level, targeted asset mix and any other factors deemed appropriate. The Owl Rock Advisers intend to allocate common expenses among us and other clients of the Adviser and its affiliates in a manner that is fair and equitable over time or in such other manner as may be required by applicable law or the Investment Advisory Agreement. Fees and expenses generated in connection with potential portfolio investments that are not consummated will be allocated in a manner that is fair and equitable over time and in accordance with policies adopted by the Owl Rock Advisers and the Investment Advisory Agreement.

 

The Owl Rock Advisers have put in place an investment allocation policy that seeks to ensure the equitable allocation of investment opportunities and addresses the co-investment restrictions set forth under the 1940 Act. When we engage in co-investments as permitted by the exemptive relief described below, we will do so in a manner consistent with the Owl Rock Advisers’ allocation policy. In situations where co-investment with other entities managed by the Adviser or its affiliates is not permitted or appropriate, such as when there is an opportunity to invest in different securities of the same issuer, a committee comprised of certain executive officers of the Owl Rock Advisers (including executive officers of the Adviser) along with other officers and employees, will need to decide whether we or such other entity or entities will proceed with the investment. The allocation committee will make these determinations based on the Owl Rock Advisers’ investment allocation policy, which generally requires that such opportunities be offered to eligible accounts in a manner that will be fair and equitable over time.

 

The Owl Rock Advisers’ investment allocation policy is designed to manage the potential conflicts of interest between the Adviser’s fiduciary obligations to us and its or its affiliates’ similar fiduciary obligations to other clients, including the Existing BDCs and the Private Funds; however, there can be no assurance that the Owl Rock Adviser’ efforts to allocate any particular investment opportunity fairly among all clients for whom such opportunity is appropriate will result in an allocation of all or part of such opportunity to us. Not all conflicts of interest can be expected to be resolved in our favor.

 

The allocation of investment opportunities among us and any of the other investment funds sponsored or accounts managed by the Adviser or its affiliates may not always, and often will not, be proportional. In general, pursuant to the Owl Rock Advisers’ investment allocation policy, the process for making an allocation determination includes an assessment as to whether a particular investment opportunity (including any follow-on investment in, or disposition from, an existing portfolio company held by the Company or another investment fund or account) is suitable for us or another investment fund or account including the Existing BDCs and the Private Funds. In making this assessment, the Owl Rock Advisers may consider a variety of factors, including, without limitation: the investment objectives, guidelines and strategies applicable to the investment fund or account; the nature of the investment, including its risk-return profile and expected holding period; portfolio diversification and concentration concerns; the liquidity needs of the investment fund or account; the ability of the investment fund or account to accommodate structural, timing and other aspects of the investment process; the life cycle of the investment fund or account; legal, tax and regulatory requirements and restrictions, including, as applicable, compliance with the 1940 Act (including requirements and restrictions pertaining to co-investment opportunities discussed below); compliance with existing agreements of the investment fund or account; the available capital of the investment fund or account; diversification requirements for BDCs or RICs; the gross asset value and net asset value of the investment fund or account; the current and targeted leverage levels for the investment fund or account; and portfolio construction considerations. The relevance of each of these criteria will vary from investment opportunity to investment opportunity. In circumstances where the investment objectives of multiple investment funds or accounts regularly overlap, while the specific facts and circumstances of each allocation decision will be determinative, the Owl Rock Advisers may afford prior decisions precedential value.

 

102


Table of Contents

 

Pursuant to the Owl Rock Advisers’ investment allocation policy, if through the foregoing analysis, it is determined that an investment opportunity is appropriate for multiple investment funds or accounts, the Owl Rock Advisers generally will determine the appropriate size of the opportunity for each such investment fund or account. If an investment opportunity falls within the mandate of two or more  investment funds or accounts, and there are no restrictions on such funds or accounts investing with each other, then each investment fund or account will receive the amount of the investment that it is seeking, as determined based on the criteria set forth above.

 

Certain allocations may be more advantageous to us relative to one or all of the other investment funds, or vice versa. While the Owl Rock Advisers will seek to allocate investment opportunities in a way that it believes in good faith is fair and equitable over time, there can be no assurance that our actual allocation of an investment opportunity, if any, or terms on which the allocation is made, will be as favorable as they would be if the conflicts of interest to which the Adviser may be subject did not exist.

 

Co-Investment Opportunities

 

As a business development company, we are subject to certain regulatory restrictions in negotiating certain investments with entities with which we may be restricted from doing so under the 1940 Act, such as the Adviser and its affiliates, unless we obtain an exemptive order from the SEC.

 

We expect to rely on exemptive relief, that has been granted by the SEC to ORCA and certain of its affiliates, to co-invest with other funds managed by the Adviser or its affiliates, including the Existing BDCs, in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. Pursuant to such exemptive relief, we generally expect to be permitted to co-invest with certain of our affiliates if a “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) of the independent members of the Board of Directors make certain conclusions in connection with a co-investment transaction, including that (1) the terms of the transaction, including the consideration to be paid, are reasonable and fair to us and our Shareholders and do not involve overreaching by us or our Shareholders on the part of any person concerned, (2) the transaction is consistent with the interests of our Shareholders and is consistent with our investment objective and strategies, and (3) the investment by our affiliates would not disadvantage us, and our participation would not be on a basis different from or less advantageous than that on which our affiliates are investing. We may also rely on an exemptive order issued by the SEC on April 8, 2020 and applicable to all BDCs, pursuant to which, through December 31, 2020, we may, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, co-invest in our existing portfolio companies with certain other funds managed by the Adviser or its affiliates and covered by our exemptive relief, even if such other funds have not previously invested in such existing portfolio company. Without this order, affiliated funds would not be able to participate in such co-investments with us unless the affiliated funds had previously acquired securities of the portfolio company in a co-investment transaction with us. The Owl Rock Adviser’ investment allocation policy incorporates the conditions of the exemptive relief.  As a result of exemptive relief, there could be significant overlap in our investment portfolio and the investment portfolio of the Existing BDCs and/or other funds established by the Adviser or its affiliates that could avail themselves of the exemptive relief.

 

Certain Business Relationships

 

Certain of our current directors and officers are directors or officers of the Adviser.

 

Indebtedness of Management

 

None.

 

103


Table of Contents

 

Promoters and Certain Control Persons

 

The Adviser may be deemed a promoter of the Company. We have entered into the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement with the Adviser. The Adviser, for its services to us, is entitled to receive Management Fees and Incentive Fees in addition to the reimbursement of certain expenses. In addition, under the Investment Advisory Agreement, we expect, to the extent permitted by applicable law and in the discretion of the Board of Directors, to indemnify the Adviser and certain of its affiliates. See “Item 1 (c). Description of Business—General.”

 

ITEM 8. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

Neither we nor the Adviser are currently subject to any material legal proceedings, nor, to our knowledge, are any material legal proceeding threatened against us or the Adviser. From time to time, we or the Adviser may be a party to certain legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business, including proceedings relating to the enforcement of our rights under contracts with its portfolio companies. Our business also will be subject to extensive regulation, which may result in regulatory proceedings against us. While the outcome of these legal or regulatory proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, we do not expect that these proceedings will have a material effect upon our financial condition or results of operations.

 

ITEM 9. MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS

 

Market Information

 

Until the completion of an Exchange Listing, our outstanding Common Stock will be offered and sold in transactions exempt from registration under the 1933 Act under Section 4(2) and Regulation D. See “Item 10. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities” for more information. There is no public market for our Common Stock currently, nor can we give any assurance that one will develop.

 

Because shares of our Common Stock are being acquired by investors in one or more transactions “not involving a public offering,” they are “restricted securities” and may be required to be held indefinitely. Our common shares may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or otherwise disposed of unless (i) our consent is granted, and (ii) the common shares are registered under applicable securities laws or specifically exempted from registration (in which case the Shareholder may, at our option, be required to provide us with a legal opinion, in form and substance satisfactory to us, that registration is not required). Accordingly, an investor must be willing to bear the economic risk of investment in the common shares until we are liquidated. No sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or other disposition, whether voluntary or involuntary, of the common shares may be made except by registration of the transfer on our books. Each transferee will be required to execute an instrument agreeing to be bound by these restrictions and the other restrictions imposed on the common shares and to execute such other instruments or certifications as are reasonably required by us.

 

Holders

 

Please see “Item 4. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” for disclosure regarding the holders of Common Stock.

 

104


Table of Contents

 

Valuation of Portfolio Securities

 

Investment transactions will be recorded on the trade date. Realized gains or losses will be measured by the difference between the net proceeds received (excluding prepayment fees, if any) and the amortized cost basis of the investment using the specific identification method without regard to unrealized gains or losses previously recognized, and include investments charged off during the period, net of recoveries. The net change in unrealized gains or losses will primarily reflect the change in investment values, including the reversal of previously recorded unrealized gains or losses with respect to investments realized during the period.

 

Investments for which market quotations are readily available will typically be valued at the bid price of those market quotations. To validate market quotations, we will utilize a number of factors to determine if the quotations are representative of fair value, including the source and number of the quotations. Debt and equity securities that are not publicly traded or whose market prices are not readily available, as is expected to be the case for substantially all of our investments, will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, based on, among other things, the input of the Adviser, the Audit Committee and independent third-party valuation firm(s) engaged at the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

As part of the valuation process, the Board of Directors will take into account relevant factors in determining the fair value of our investments, including: the estimated enterprise value of a portfolio company (i.e., the total fair value of the portfolio company’s debt and equity), the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments based on its earnings and cash flow, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, a comparison of the portfolio company’s securities to any similar publicly traded securities, and overall changes in the interest rate environment and the credit markets that may affect the price at which similar investments may be made in the future. When an external event such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, the Board of Directors will consider whether the pricing indicated by the external event corroborates its valuation.

 

The Board of Directors will undertake a multi-step valuation process, which is expected to include, among other procedures, the following:

 

·                  With respect to investments for which market quotations are readily available, those investments will typically be valued at the bid price of those market quotations;

 

·                  With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, the valuation process will begin with the independent valuation firm(s) providing a preliminary valuation of each investment to the Adviser’s valuation committee;

 

·                  Preliminary valuation conclusions will be documented and discussed with the Adviser’s valuation committee. Agreed upon valuation recommendations will be presented to the Audit Committee;

 

·                  The Audit Committee will review the valuation recommendations and recommend values for each investment to the Board of Directors; and

 

·                  The Board of Directors will review the recommended valuations and determine the fair value of each investment.

 

We will conduct this valuation process on a quarterly basis.

 

105


Table of Contents

 

We will apply Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 820, Fair Value Measurements (“ASC 820”), as amended, which establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with U.S. GAAP and required disclosures of fair value measurements. ASC 820 determines fair value to be the price that would be received for an investment in a current sale, which assumes an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Market participants are defined as buyers and sellers in the principal or most advantageous market (which may be a hypothetical market) that are independent, knowledgeable, and willing and able to transact. In accordance with ASC 820, we consider its principal market to be the market that has the greatest volume and level of activity. ASC 820 specifies a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes and ranks the level of observability of inputs used in determination of fair value. In accordance with ASC 820, these levels are summarized below:

 

·                  Level 1—Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that we have the ability to access.

 

·                  Level 2—Valuations based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

 

·                  Level 3—Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.

 

Transfers between levels, if any, will be recognized at the beginning of the quarter in which the transfer occurred. In addition to using the above inputs in investment valuations, we will apply a valuation policy approved by the Board of Directors that is consistent with ASC 820. Consistent with the valuation policy, we will evaluate the source of the inputs, including any markets in which our investments are trading (or any markets in which securities with similar attributes are trading), in determining fair value. When an investment is valued based on prices provided by reputable dealers or pricing services (that is, broker quotes), we will subject those prices to various criteria in making the determination as to whether a particular investment would qualify for treatment as a Level 2 or Level 3 investment. For example, we, or the independent valuation firm(s), will review pricing support provided by dealers or pricing services in order to determine if observable market information is being used, versus unobservable inputs.

 

Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of our investments may fluctuate from period to period. Additionally, the fair value of such investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a ready market existed for such investments and may differ materially from the values that may ultimately be realized. Further, such investments are generally less liquid than publicly traded securities and may be subject to contractual and other restrictions on resale. If we were required to liquidate a portfolio investment in a forced or liquidation sale, it could realize amounts that are different from the amounts presented and such differences could be material.

 

In addition, changes in the market environment and other events that may occur over the life of the investments may cause the gains or losses ultimately realized on these investments to be different than the unrealized gains or losses reflected herein.

 

Distribution Policy

 

We generally intend to make quarterly distributions and to distribute, out of assets legally available for distribution, substantially all of our available earnings, on an annual basis, as determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion.

 

We will reinvest dividends on behalf of Shareholders that do not elect to receive their dividends in cash. A Shareholder may elect to receive its entire dividend in cash by notifying the Adviser in writing no later than ten days prior to the record date for dividends to Shareholders. See “Item 1(c). Description of Business—Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

 

106


Table of Contents

 

Reports to Shareholders

 

We will furnish Shareholders with annual reports containing audited financial statements, quarterly reports, and such other periodic reports as we determine to be appropriate or as may be required by law. Upon the effectiveness of this Registration Statement, we will be required to comply with all periodic reporting, proxy solicitation and other applicable requirements under the 1934 Act.

 

ITEM 10. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

 

In conjunction with our formation, on June 4, 2020, we issued and sold 100 shares of our Common Stock to the Adviser, for an aggregate purchase price of $1,500. These shares were issued and sold in reliance upon the available exemptions from registration requirements of Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act.

 

ITEM 11. DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED

 

The following description is based on relevant portions of the Maryland General Corporation Law and on the Charter and the Company’s bylaws (“Bylaws”). This summary possesses the provisions deemed to be material, but is not necessarily complete.

 

General

 

Under the terms of the Charter, the Company’s authorized stock consists solely of 500 million shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and no shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. As permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”), the Charter provides that a majority of the entire Board of Directors, without any action by the Company’s Shareholders, may amend the Charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Company has authority to issue. The Charter also provides that the Board of Directors may classify or reclassify any unissued shares of Common Stock into one or more classes or series of common stock or preferred stock by setting or changing the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, or limitations as to dividends, qualifications, or terms or conditions of redemption of the shares. There is currently no market for the Company’s stock, and the Company can offer no assurances that a market for its stock will develop in the future. The Company does not currently intend for the shares to be listed on any national securities exchange, although it is possible that they would be listed in the future. There are no outstanding options or warrants to purchase the Company’s stock. No stock has been authorized for issuance under any equity compensation plans. Under Maryland law, the Company’s Shareholders generally are not personally liable for the debts of the Company, except as they may be liable by reason of their own conduct or acts. Unless the Board of Directors determines otherwise, the Company will issue all shares of its stock in uncertificated form.

 

None of the Company’s shares of Common Stock are subject to further calls or to assessments, sinking fund provisions, obligations of the Company or potential liabilities associated with ownership of the security (not including investment risks).

 

The following are the Company’s outstanding classes of securities as of June 5, 2020:

 

(1)
Title of Class

 

(2)
Amount
Authorized

 

(3)
Amount Held
by
Us or for
Our Account

 

(4)
Amount
Outstanding
Exclusive of
Amounts Shown
Under(3)

 

Common stock

 

500,000,000

 

 

100

 

 

107


Table of Contents

 

Common Stock

 

Under the terms of the Charter, all shares of Common Stock have equal rights as to dividends, distributions and voting and, when they are issued, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Dividends and distributions may be paid to Shareholders if, as and when authorized by the Board of Directors and declared by the Company out of funds legally available therefor. Shares of Common Stock have no preemptive, exchange, conversion or redemption rights and Shareholders generally have no appraisal rights. Shares of Common Stock are freely transferable, except where their transfer is restricted by federal and state securities laws or by contract (including the Subscription Agreement) and except that, in order to avoid the possibility that the Company’s assets could be treated as “plan assets,” the Company may require any person proposing to acquire shares of Common Stock to furnish such information as may be necessary to determine whether such person is a Benefit Plan Investor or a controlling person, restrict or prohibit transfers of shares of such stock or redeem any outstanding shares of stock for such price and on such other terms and conditions as may be determined by or at the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

Under the terms of the Charter, during the Lock-Up Period, Shareholders will be restricted from: (1) offering, pledging, selling, contracting to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchasing any option or contract to sell, granting any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transferring or disposing of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of Common Stock, or publicly disclosing the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, (2) entering into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership Common Stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), or (3) if applicable, making any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock. The Lock-Up Period is (i) 365 days after the date of an Exchange Listing for all shares of Common Stock held by certain individuals and entities affiliated with the Adviser, and (ii) 180 days after the date of an Exchange Listing for all shares of Common Stock held by a Shareholder (other than certain individuals and entities affiliated with the Adviser),  270 days after the date of an Exchange Listing for two-thirds of the shares of Common Stock held by a Shareholder (other than certain individuals and entities affiliated with the Adviser) and 365 days after the date of an  Exchange Listing for one-third of the shares of Common Stock held by a Shareholder (other than certain individuals and entities affiliated with the Adviser). The lock-up will apply to all shares of Common Stock acquired prior to an Exchange Listing but will not apply to any shares acquired in open market transactions or acquired pursuant to the dividend reinvestment plan after the date of an Exchange Listing

 

In the event of the Company’s liquidation, dissolution or winding up, each share of Common Stock would be entitled to share ratably in all of the Company’s assets that are legally available for distribution after the Company pays or otherwise provide for all debts and other liabilities and subject to any preferential rights of holders of the Company’s preferred stock, if any preferred stock is outstanding at such time. Subject to the rights of holders of any other class or series of stock, each share of Common Stock is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of Shareholders, including the election of directors, and the Shareholders will possess the exclusive voting power. There will be no cumulative voting in the election of directors. Cumulative voting entitles a Shareholder to as many votes as equals the number of votes which such holder would be entitled to cast for the election of directors multiplied by the number of directors to be elected and allows a Shareholder to cast a portion or all of the Shareholder’s votes for one or more candidates for seats on the Board of Directors. Without cumulative voting, a minority Shareholder may not be able to elect as many directors as the Shareholder would be able to elect if cumulative voting were permitted. Subject to the special rights of the holders of any class or series of preferred stock to elect directors, each director will be elected by a majority of the votes cast with respect to such director’s election, except in the case of a “contested election” (as defined in the Company’s bylaws), in which directors will be elected by a plurality of the votes cast in the contested election of directors.

 

108


Table of Contents

 

Preferred Stock

 

This offering does not include an offering of preferred stock. However, under the terms of the Charter, the Board of Directors may authorize the Company to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more classes or series, without Shareholder approval, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. The Board of Directors has the power to fix the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends and other distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of each class or series of preferred stock. The Company does not currently anticipate issuing preferred stock in the near future. In the event the Company issues preferred stock, it will make any required disclosure to Shareholders. The Company will not offer preferred stock to the Adviser or the Company’s affiliates except on the same terms as offered to all other Shareholders.

 

Preferred stock could be issued with terms that would adversely affect the Shareholders. Preferred stock could also be used as an anti-takeover device through the issuance of shares of a class or series of preferred stock with terms and conditions which could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control. Every issuance of preferred stock will be required to comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act requires, among other things, that: (1) immediately after issuance and before any dividend or other distribution is made with respect to Common Stock and before any purchase of Common Stock is made, such preferred stock together with all other senior securities must not exceed an amount currently equal to 50% of the Company’s total assets after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price, as the case may be, and (2) the holders of shares of preferred stock, if any are issued, must be entitled as a class voting separately to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if distributions on such preferred stock are in arrears by two full years or more. Certain matters under the 1940 Act require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of preferred stock (as determined in accordance with the 1940 Act) voting together as a separate class. For example, the vote of such holders of preferred stock would be required to approve a proposal involving a plan of reorganization adversely affecting such securities.

 

The issuance of any preferred stock must be approved by a majority of the independent directors not otherwise interested in the transaction, who will have access, at the Company’s expense, to the Company’s legal counsel or to independent legal counsel.

 

Limitation on Liability of Directors; Indemnification and Advance of Expenses

 

Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision eliminating the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its shareholders for money damages except for liability resulting from (a) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (b) active and deliberate dishonesty that is established by a final judgment and is material to the cause of action. The Charter contains a provision that eliminates directors’ and officers’ liability, subject to the limitations of Maryland law and the requirements of the 1940 Act.

 

109


Table of Contents

 

Maryland law requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which the Charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made or threatened to be made a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity against reasonable expenses actually incurred in the proceeding in which the director or officer was successful. Maryland law permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made or threatened to be made a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that (1) the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (a) was committed in bad faith or (b) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty; (2) the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or (3) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. Under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation also may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or on behalf of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that a personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification, and then only for expenses. In addition, Maryland law permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation’s receipt of (a) a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation and (b) a written undertaking by him or her or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.

 

The Charter obligates the Company, subject to the limitations of Maryland law and the requirements of the 1940 Act, to indemnify (1) any present or former director or officer; or (2) any individual who, while a director or officer and at the Company’s request, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner, member, manager or trustee, from and against any claim or liability to which the person or entity may become subject or may incur by reason of such person’s service in that capacity, and to pay or reimburse such person’s reasonable expenses as incurred in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. In accordance with the 1940 Act, the Company will not indemnify any person for any liability to the extent that such person would be subject by reason of such person’s willful misconduct, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his, her or its office.

 

Maryland Law and Certain Charter and Bylaw Provisions; Anti-Takeover Measures

 

Maryland law contains, and the Charter and the Company’s bylaws also contain, provisions that could make it more difficult for a potential acquirer to acquire the Company by means of a tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. These provisions are expected to discourage certain coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of the Company to negotiate first with the Board of Directors. These measures may delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might otherwise be in the best interests of Shareholders. The Company believes, however, that the benefits of these provisions outweigh the potential disadvantages of discouraging any such acquisition proposals because, among other things, the Board of Director’s ability to negotiate such proposals may improve their terms.

 

Under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation generally cannot dissolve, amend its charter, merge, consolidate, convert into another form of business entity, sell all or substantially all of its assets or engage in a statutory share exchange unless declared advisable by the corporation’s board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. A Maryland corporation may provide in its charter for approval of these matters by a lesser or greater percentage, but not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Subject to certain exceptions discussed below, the Charter provides for approval of these actions by the affirmative vote of Shareholders entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

 

110


Table of Contents

 

Subject to certain exceptions provided in the Charter, the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the votes entitled to be cast thereon, with the holders of each class or series of the Company’s stock voting as a separate class will be necessary to effect any of the following actions:

 

·                  any amendment to the Charter to make the Common Stock a “redeemable security” or to convert the Company from a “closed-end company” to an “open-end company” (as such terms are defined in the 1940 Act);

 

·                  the liquidation or dissolution of the Company and any amendment to the Charter to effect and such liquidation or dissolution;

 

·                  any merger, consolidation, conversion, share exchange or sale or exchange of all or substantially all of our assets that the MGCL requires be approved by shareholders; or

 

·                  any transaction between the Company, on the one hand, and any person or group of persons acting together that is entitled to exercise or direct the exercise, or acquire the right to exercise or direct the exercise, directly or indirectly (other than solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), of one-tenth or more of the voting power in the election of our directors generally, or any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with, employed by or acting as an agent of, any such person or member of such group.

 

However, if the proposal, transaction or business combination is approved by at least a majority of the Company’s continuing directors, the proposal, transaction or business combination may be approved only by the Board of Directors and, if necessary, the Shareholders as otherwise would be required by applicable law, the Charter and bylaws, without regard to the supermajority approval requirements discussed above. A “continuing director” is defined in the Charter as (1) our current directors, (2) those directors whose nomination for election by the Shareholders or whose election by the directors to fill vacancies is approved by a majority of our current directors then on the Board of Directors or (3) any successor directors whose nomination for election by the Shareholders or whose election by the directors to fill vacancies is approved by a majority of continuing directors or the successor continuing directors then in office.

 

The Charter also provides that the Board of Directors is divided into three classes, as nearly equal in size as practicable, with each class of directors serving for a staggered three-year term. Additionally, subject to the rights of holders of one or more classes or series of preferred stock to elect or remove one or more directors, directors may be removed at any time, but only for cause (as such term is defined in the Charter) and only by the affirmative vote of Shareholders entitled to cast at least 75% of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors, voting as a single class. The Charter and bylaws also provide that, except as provided otherwise by applicable law, including the 1940 Act and subject to any rights of holders of one or more classes or series of preferred stock to elect or remove one or more directors, any vacancy on the Board of Directors, and any newly created directorship resulting from an increase in the size of the Board of Directors, may only be filled by vote of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director; provided that, under Maryland law, when the holders of any class, classes or series of stock have the exclusive power under the Charter to elect certain directors, vacancies in directorships elected by such class, classes or series may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors so elected by such class, classes or series of the Company’s stock. In addition, the Charter provides that, subject to any rights of holders of one or more classes or series of stock to elect or remove one or more directors, the total number of directors will be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors.

 

111


Table of Contents

 

The classification of the Board of Directors and the limitations on removal of directors described above as well as the limitations on Shareholders’ right to fill vacancies and newly created directorships and to fix the size of the Board of Directors could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire the Company, or of discouraging a third party from acquiring or attempting to acquire the Company.

 

Maryland law and the Charter and the Company’s bylaws also provide that:

 

·                  any action required or permitted to be taken by the Shareholders at an annual meeting or special meeting of Shareholders may only be taken if it is properly brought before such meeting or by unanimous consent in lieu of a meeting;

 

·                  special meetings of the Shareholders may only be called by the Board of Directors, the chairman of the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer, and must be called by the secretary upon the written request of Shareholders who are entitled to cast at least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on such matter at such meeting; and

 

·                  from and after the Initial Closing, any Shareholder nomination or business proposal to be properly brought before a meeting of Shareholders must have been made in compliance with certain advance notice and informational requirements.

 

These provisions could delay or hinder Shareholder actions which are favored by the holders of a majority of the Company’s outstanding voting securities. These provisions may also discourage another person or entity from making a tender offer for the Common Stock, because such person or entity, even if it acquired a majority of the Company’s outstanding voting securities, would be able to take action as a Shareholder (such as electing new directors or approving a merger) only at a duly called Shareholders meeting, and not by written consent. The provisions of the Charter requiring that the directors may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of at least three-quarters of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors will also prevent Shareholders from removing incumbent directors except for cause and upon a substantial affirmative vote. In addition, although the advance notice and information requirements in the Company’s bylaws do not give the Board of Directors any power to disapprove Shareholder nominations for the election of directors or business proposals that are made in compliance with applicable advance notice procedures, they may have the effect of precluding a contest for the election of directors or the consideration of Shareholder proposals if proper procedures are not followed and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or to approve its own proposal without regard to whether consideration of such nominees or proposals might be harmful or beneficial to the Company and the Shareholders.

 

Under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation generally cannot amend its charter unless the amendment is declared advisable by the corporation’s board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. A Maryland corporation may provide in its charter for approval of these matters by a lesser or greater percentage, but not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Subject to certain exceptions discussed below, the Charter provides for approval of charter amendments by the affirmative vote of Shareholders entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. The Board of Directors, by vote of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors, has the exclusive power to adopt, alter, amend or repeal the Company’s bylaws. The Charter provides that any amendment to the following provisions of the Charter, among others, will require, in addition to any other vote required by applicable law or the Charter, the affirmative vote of Shareholders entitled to cast at least 75% of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors, with the holders of each class or series of the Company’s stock voting as a separate class, unless a majority of the continuing directors approve the amendment, in which case such amendment must be approved as would otherwise be required by applicable law, the Charter and/or the Company’s bylaws:

 

112


Table of Contents

 

·                  the provisions regarding the classification of the Board of Directors;

 

·                  the provisions governing the removal of directors;

 

·                  the provisions limiting Shareholder action by written consent;

 

·                  the provisions regarding the number of directors on the Board of Directors; and

 

·                  the provisions specifying the vote required to approve extraordinary actions and amend the Charter and the Board of Directors’ exclusive power to amend the Company’s bylaws.

 

Advance Notice Provisions for Shareholder Nominations and Shareholder Proposals

 

The Company’s bylaws provide that, with respect to an annual meeting of Shareholders, nominations of individuals for election as directors and the proposal of business to be considered by Shareholders may be made only (a) pursuant to the Company’s notice of the meeting, (b) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (c) by a Shareholder who is a Shareholder of record both at the time of giving the advance notice required by the Company’s bylaws and at the time of the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated or on any such other business and who has complied with the advance notice procedures of the Company’s bylaws. With respect to special meetings of Shareholders, only the business specified in the Company’s notice of the meeting may be brought before the meeting. Nominations of individuals for election as directors at a special meeting at which directors are to be elected may be made only (a) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (b) provided that the special meeting has been called in accordance with the Company’s bylaws for the purpose of electing directors, by a Shareholder who is a Shareholder of record both at the time of giving the advance notice required by the Company’s bylaws and at the time of the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated and who has complied with the advance notice provisions of the Company’s bylaws.

 

The purpose of requiring Shareholders to give the Company advance notice of nominations and other business is to afford the Board of Directors a meaningful opportunity to consider the qualifications of the proposed nominees and the advisability of any other proposed business and, to the extent deemed necessary or desirable by the Board of Directors, to inform Shareholders and make recommendations about such qualifications or business, as well as to provide a more orderly procedure for conducting meetings of Shareholders. Although the Company’s bylaws do not give the Board of Directors any power to disapprove Shareholder nominations for the election of directors or proposals recommending certain action, the advance notice and information requirements may have the effect of precluding election contests or the consideration of Shareholder proposals if proper procedures are not followed and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or to approve its own proposal without regard to whether consideration of such nominees or proposals might be harmful or beneficial to the Company and its Shareholders.

 

113


Table of Contents

 

No Appraisal Rights

 

For certain extraordinary transactions and charter amendments, the MGCL provides the right to dissenting shareholders to demand and receive the fair value of their shares, subject to certain procedures and requirements set forth in the statute. Those rights are commonly referred to as appraisal rights. As permitted by the MGCL, the Charter provides that Shareholders will not be entitled to exercise appraisal rights unless the Board of Directors determines that appraisal rights apply, with respect to all or any classes or series of stock, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which Shareholders would otherwise be entitled to exercise appraisal rights.

 

Control Share Acquisitions

 

Certain provisions of the MGCL provide that a holder of control shares of a Maryland corporation acquired in a control share acquisition has no voting rights with respect to the control shares except to the extent approved by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, which is referred to as the Control Share Acquisition Act. Shares owned by the acquiror, by officers or by employees who are directors of the corporation are excluded from shares entitled to vote on the matter. Control shares are voting shares of stock which, if aggregated with all other shares of stock owned by the acquirer or in respect of which the acquirer is able to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquirer to exercise voting power in electing directors within one of the following ranges of voting power:

 

·                  one-tenth or more but less than one-third;

 

·                  one-third or more but less than a majority; or

 

·                  a majority or more of all voting power.

 

The requisite shareholder approval must be obtained each time an acquirer crosses one of the thresholds of voting power set forth above. Control shares do not include shares the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained shareholder approval or shares acquired directly from the corporation. A control share acquisition means the acquisition of issued and outstanding control shares, subject to certain exceptions.

 

A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition may compel the board of directors of the corporation to call a special meeting of shareholders to be held within 50 days of demand to consider the voting rights of the shares. The right to compel the calling of a special meeting is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including an undertaking to pay the expenses of the meeting. If no request for a meeting is made, the corporation may itself present the question at any shareholders meeting.

 

If voting rights are not approved at the meeting or if the acquiring person does not deliver an acquiring person statement as required by the statute, then the corporation may redeem for fair value any or all of the control shares, except those for which voting rights have previously been approved. The right of the corporation to redeem control shares is subject to certain conditions and limitations. Fair value is determined, without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the date of the last control share acquisition by the acquirer or if a meeting of shareholders is held at which the voting rights of the shares are considered and not approved, as of the date of such meeting. If voting rights for control shares are approved at a shareholder meeting and the acquirer becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote, all other shareholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares as determined for purposes of appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquirer in the control share acquisition.

 

The Control Share Acquisition Act does not apply (a) to shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or share exchange if the corporation is a party to the transaction or (b) to acquisitions approved or exempted by the charter or bylaws of the corporation. The Company’s bylaws contain a provision exempting from the Control Share Acquisition Act any and all acquisitions by any person of shares of stock of the Company. There can be no assurance that such provision will not be amended or eliminated at time in the future. However, the SEC staff has taken the position that, if a BDC Fails to opt-out of the Control Share Acquisition act, its actions are inconsistent with Section 18(i) of the 1940 Act and the Company will amend its bylaws to be subject to the Control Share Acquisition Act only if the Board of Directors determines that it would be in the Company’s best interests and if the SEC staff does not object to the Company’s determination that it being subject to the Control Share Acquisition Act does not conflict with the 1940 Act.

 

114


Table of Contents

 

Business Combinations

 

Under Maryland law, “business combinations” between a Maryland corporation and an interested shareholder or an affiliate of an interested shareholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested shareholder becomes an interested shareholder. These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or, in circumstances specified in the statute, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. An interested shareholder is defined as:

 

·                  any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation’s stock; or

 

·                  an affiliate or associate of the corporation who, at any time within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

 

A person is not an interested shareholder under this statute if the corporation’s board of directors approves in advance the transaction by which he or she otherwise would have become an interested shareholder. However, in approving a transaction, the board may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the board.

 

After the five-year prohibition, any such business combination generally must be recommended by the corporation’s board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of at least:

 

·                  80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation; and

 

·                  two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested shareholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested shareholder.

 

These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if holders of the corporation’s common stock receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested shareholder for its shares. The statute provides various exemptions from its provisions, including for business combinations that are exempted by the corporation’s board of directors before the time that the interested shareholder becomes an interested shareholder. The Board of Directors has adopted a resolution exempting from the requirements of the statute any business combination between the Company and any other person, provided that such business combination is first approved by the Board of Directors (including a majority of the directors who are not “interested persons” within the meaning of the 1940 Act). This resolution, however, may be altered or repealed in whole or in part at any time. If this resolution is repealed, or the Board of Directors does not otherwise approve a business combination, the statute may discourage others from trying to acquire control of the Company and increase the difficulty of consummating any offer.

 

115


Table of Contents

 

Conflict with the 1940 Act

 

The Company’s bylaws provide that, if and to the extent that any provision of the MGCL, including the Control Share Acquisition Act (if the Company amends its bylaws to be subject to such Act) and the Business Combination Act or any provision of the Charter or the Company’s bylaws conflicts with any provision of the 1940 Act, the applicable provision of the 1940 Act will control.

 

ITEM 12. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

Limitation on Liability of Directors; Indemnification and Advance of Expenses

 

See “Item 11. Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered — Limitation on Liability of Directors and Officers; Indemnification and Advance of Expenses.

 

Indemnification Agreements

 

We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors. The indemnification agreements are intended to provide our directors the maximum indemnification permitted under Maryland law and the 1940 Act. Each indemnification agreement provides that we shall indemnify the director who is a party to the agreement including the advancement of legal expenses, if, by reason of his or her corporate status, such director is, or is threatened to be, made a party to or a witness in any threatened, pending, or completed proceeding, other than a proceeding by or in the right of the Company.

 

Adviser

 

The Adviser and its affiliates (each, an “Indemnitee”) are not liable to us for (i) mistakes of judgment or for action or inaction that such person reasonably believed to be in our best interests absent such Indemnitee’s gross negligence, knowing and willful misconduct, or fraud or (ii) losses or expenses due to mistakes of judgment, action or inaction, or the negligence, dishonesty or bad faith of any broker or other agent of the Company who is not an affiliate of such Indemnitee, provided that such person was selected, engaged or retained without gross negligence, willful misconduct, or fraud.

 

We will indemnify each Indemnitee against any liabilities relating to the offering of our Common Stock or the business, operation, administration or termination of the Company, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner it believed to be in, or not opposed to, our interest and except to the extent arising out of the Indemnitee’s gross negligence, fraud or knowing and willful misconduct. We may pay the expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in defending an actual or threatened civil or criminal action in advance of the final disposition of such action, provided the Indemnitee agrees to repay those expenses if found by adjudication not to be entitled to indemnification.

 

ITEM 13. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

Set forth below is an index to our financial statements attached to this Registration Statement.

 

Index to Financial Statements*

 

 

 

Balance Sheet as of [  ]*

 

 

 

Notes to Balance Sheet*

 

 

 

 


*  — to be filed by amendment

 

116


Table of Contents

 

ITEM 14. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

There are not and have not been any disagreements between us and our accountant on any matter of accounting principles, practices, or financial statement disclosure.

 

ITEM 15. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

 

(a) List separately all financial statements filed

 

The financial statements attached to this Registration Statement are listed under “Item 13. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

(b) Exhibits

 

3.1

 

Articles of Amendment and Restatement*

 

 

 

3.2

 

Bylaws*

 

 

 

4.1

 

Subscription Agreement*

 

 

 

10.1

 

Investment Advisory Agreement*

 

 

 

10.2

 

Administration Agreement*

 

 

 

10.3

 

Dividend Reinvestment Plan*

 

 

 

10.4

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement*

 

 

 

10.5

 

Custody Agreement**

 

 

 

10.6

 

License Agreement*

 

 

 

21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries—None

 

 

 

99.1

 

Code of Ethics**

 


*filed herewith

** to be filed by amendment

117


Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

Owl Rock Capital Corporation III

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Alan Kirshenbaum

 

 

Name: Alan Kirshenbaum

 

 

Title: Chief Operating Officer

 

Date: June 5, 2020

 

118